You are on page 1of 140

Structural Steel Products

UK & Ireland

Multideck
Technical Handbook
2 Structural Steel Products Multideck
Multideck Structural Steel Products 3
4 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Contents

Multideck 50 Multideck 60
Product Data 12 Product Data 34
Load / Span Tables 14 Load / Span Tables 37
Fire Resistance 21 Fire Reistance 43
Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables 22 Fire Reistance Load / Span Tables 44
Sound Attenuation 31 Sound Attenuation 51

Construction Details Sitework


Multideck 50-V3 84 Multideck Weights 101
Multideck 60-V2 and 80-V2 90 Pack ID 102
Multideck 96 Primary Fixing 104
Multideck 146 97 Shear Studs 106
Temporary Supports 110

Accessories & Service References 133


Accessories 127
Suspension Systems 128
Uni-Wedge Universal Clamp 130
Order Forms 134
Multideck Structural Steel Products 5

Multideck 80 Multideck 146


Product Data 54 Product Data 70
Load / Span Tables 57 Reinforcement 72
Fire Resistance 62 Load / Span Tables 73
Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables 63 Fire Resistance 77
Sound Attenuation 66 Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables 78
Sound Attenuation 82

Concrete Estimating & Ordering 124


Estimating Concrete Volumes 115
Reinforcement 116
Dramix® Steel Fibres 118
6 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Kingspan Structural Products


The Company
Kingspan Structural Products is one of Britain’s leading designers and manufacturers of structural
steel components for the construction industry. Based in Sherburn, North Yorkshire Kingspan
operates one of the largest and most advanced production complexes in Europe, manufacturing
over 50,000 tonnes of steel products each year. In five decades of trading the company has
become established as a market leader renowned for quality products and innovative design.

Kingspan Structural Products manufacturing facility

Kingspan Structural Products


Multideck Floor System Quality Assurance
High performance, profiled, galvanised steel floor decking for Quality assurance is a fundamental feature of the Kingspan
use in the construction of composite floor slabs. The profile may Structural Products operating policy. From initial material
also be used as a permanent shuttering. testing for yield strength and thickness through to delivery on
site all aspects of quality and service are monitored ensuring
Multibeam Purlin System
compliance with the requirements of BS EN ISO 9001:2008
A range of purlin sections designed to suit all types of modern
(Quality management systems. Requirements).
roof construction with bay sizes up to 15 metres.
CE Marking
Multibeam Cladding Rail System
Kingspan Structural Products have been accredited at the
A range of cladding rails designed specifically to support metal
highest execution class EXC4, allowing Multideck to be used on
clad walls in horizontal or vertical applications on all kinds of
all types of construction. The accreditation was carried out by
main supporting structures.
the Steel Construction Certificate Scheme (SCCS).
Multichannel Steel Sections
LPCB
A range of pre-engineered, structural channel sections
Kingspan Multideck has been LPCB certified to 279 (Quality
designed to complement the Multibeam purlin and rail
Systems), 279 EMS (Environmental Systems) and 279-HS
systems. Multichannel is an ideal solution for horizontally
(Health & Safety Certification).
laid cladding and is particularly suitable for mezzanine
floors, volumetric units. Multichannel can be an effective Gold Standard
substitute for conventional hot rolled sections and timber. Kingspan Structural Products have been awarded the Gold
Unique pre-engineered end connections reduce components Standard under the Steel Construction Sustainability Charter
and simplify detailing. (SCSC). The Gold Standard was awarded after a successful
audit under SCSC rules. This included demonstrating the
Commitment
implementation of a range of management systems, including
It is our commitment and professional approach that has
OHSAS 18001, BS EN ISO 14001 and BS EN ISO 9001.
enabled the company to establish its outstanding reputation
for service, quality and to maintain its lead in a highly
competitive field.
Further information on these products is available in technical
handbook, reference P128.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 7

Customer Service
Experience
From concept and design to manufacture and site installation,
Kingspan Structural Products has an unmatched degree of
experience with over four decades of experience and technical
expertise in all aspects of steel construction. Kingspan
remain focused on servicing the ever changing need of the
construction industry.
Technical Excellence
At Kingspan Structural Products we are committed to
advancing technology within the construction industry.
Working in conjunction with the world’s leading experts,
continually refining and testing new and existing products,
while enhancing our reputation for technical excellence and
the establishment of higher standards in the industry.
Specialist Team
Kingspan offer a comprehensive advisory service to customers,
specifiers and contractors on all aspects of specification and use
of our product range.
Our specialist team of design engineers is available to answer
Sustainability technical queries regarding the use of our products in any
Reuse application. Our internal sales staff and customer services
Steel does not lose its strength or stiffness over time so department provide a friendly and efficient service from initial
remains a viable product for reuse. Assembly joints between enquiry through to site delivery and after sales.
components can be easily dismantled at any time to facilitate
Area Sales Managers
reuse. Sections can be recut to length and reholed to suit a
Personal contact is important. Our specially trained regionally
revised use.
based Sales Managers are on hand to discuss your project
Recycling personally and advise on the application and use of Kingspan
Steel is one of the world’s most recycled materials structural products.
with over 40% of ‘new’ steel made from recycled
Our Area Sales Managers are also trained to install and update
steel. Kingspan’s suppliers encourage, promote and
our time saving Toolkit design software. Toolkit is available to
assist in the return of steel for recycling.
all specifiers and users of our product range, as part of our
Certification comprehensive service package.
Kingspan’s products are manufactured from the highest
Building Information Modelling (BIM)
quality materials to rigorous quality control standards,
A comprehensive range of Kingspan Structural Products BIM
approved to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 (Quality management
files are available on BIMStore. You can download BIM files for
systems. Requirements). Kingspan manufacturing plants are
our Purlins, Rails, Multideck and Multichannel products.
BS EN ISO 14001: 2004 (Environmental management systems.
Visit BIMStore to access the details you need.
Requirements with guidance for use) and BS OHSAS 18001:
2007 (Occupational health and safety management systems.
Requirements) accredited. This simple coherent business
management system enables the organisation to successfully
achieve its purpose and mission to ensure that quality; safety
and the environment are considered in all aspects of the
business process. Further information on these certifications can
be found on our website www.kingspanstructural.com.
8 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Kingspan Multideck Profiled Steel Floordeck

Multideck 50
– 50mm ‘Dovetail’ rib profile, maximising deck
bond to concrete
– Minimum slab depth of 100mm
– Unpropped construction stage spans
up to 4.4m
– Gauge range 0.85mm through 1.2mm
for economic solutions
– Shear keys on flange and webs of ribs
gives class leading load capacity
– 1 hour fire performance with 100mm
slab depth
– Fire performance up to 4 hours
– Acoustic robust solution

Multideck 60
– 60mm trapezoidal profile giving
maximum strength
– Unpropped construction stage spans
up to 4.7m
– Gauge range 0.9mm through 1.2mm
for economic solutions
– Efficient concrete cross section using
up to 20% less concrete than other decks
– 1 hour fire performance with 130mm
slab depth
– Fire performance up to 4 hours
– 1.0m cover width for rapid lay of
deck on site
– Acoustic robust solution
– Optimised for composite beam design
Multideck Structural Steel Products 9

Multideck 80
– 80mm trapezoidal profile giving
maximum strength
– Unpropped construction stage spans
up to 5.4m
– Gauge range 1.0mm through 1.2mm for
economic solutions
– Efficient concrete cross section maximising
performance
– 1 hour fire performance with 140mm
slab depth
– Fire performance up to 4 hours
– Acoustic robust solution

Multideck 146
– 146mm trapezoidal profile giving
maximum strength
– Spans up to 6.0m unpropped
– Gauge range 1.2mm and 1.5mm
foreconomic solutions
– Efficient concrete cross section using up to
31% less concrete than other decks
– 1 hour fire performance with 215mm
slab depth
– Fire performance up to 2 hours
– Acoustic robust solution
10 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Multideck 50

Contents

Product Data 12 Load / Span Tables 14 Fire Resistance Sound Attenuation 31


Load / Span Tables 21
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 11

Introduction

Multideck 50
Multideck 50-V3 is a high performance, Multideck 50-V3 Floor Decking System
profiled, galvanised steel floor decking for As part of the Kingspan ethos of continuous product and
use in the construction of composite floor service development, the Multideck 50 system has recently
been subject to a number of design improvements that have
slabs. The profile may also be used as a significantly improved the capability of the product.
permanent shuttering. As a consequence of the design improvements and an extension
of the range of gauges available, the new Multideck 50-V3
provides enhanced performance criteria and the potential to
deliver both design and economic benefits compared to the
previous V2 system.
Following extensive testing, which investigated the product
performance at both construction and composite stages, new
performance paradigms and load tables have been produced to

Multideck 60
allow designers to take advantage of the improvements.
Multideck 50-V3 has the following attributes:
– 50mm ‘Dovetail’ rib profile, maximising deck bond
to concrete;
– Minimum slab depth of 100mm;
– Unpropped construction stage spans up to 4.4m;
– Gauge range available up to 1.20mm;
– Shear keys on flange and webs of ribs give class-leading
load capacity;
– 1 hour fire performance with 100mm slab depth;
– Fire performance up to 4 hours;
– Acoustic robust solution.
Key benefits to using the Multideck Floor System include:
– The larger range of Multideck gauge thicknesses allow closer
matching of design requirements and deck performance,
resulting in greater design efficiency.
– Eliminating the need for temporary props, under most

Multideck 80
conditions, Multideck 50-V3 offers quick and efficient
installation.
– A wide range of accessories also allows for easy installation
of ceilings and services.
– Our Technical Services Department also provides an
engineering and advisory service to specifiers and end users
on the use of the Multideck range of composite decks.
– The Multideck Toolkit design software includes
comprehensive composite floor design which allows
the user to easily select the right Multideck solution.
The design software is available for download from the
website: www. kingspanstructural.com
Multideck 146
12 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Product Data

Material Specification – 450N/mm2 Steel Concrete Volumes and Specification


Multideck 50-V3 is manufactured from one continuous steel Load / span tables are based on Grade C25/30 concrete,
strip and complies with BS EN 10143 and BS EN 10346. having a design strength of 30N/mm2. Solutions using other
Multideck 50-V3 offers a guaranteed minimum yield strength concrete strengths are possible with the Multideck Toolkit design
of 450N/mm2 and a minimum total coating mass (including software. Density of normal weight concrete: 2400kg/m3 at wet
both sides) of 275g/m2. stage. Density of lightweight concrete: 1900kg/m3 at wet stage.

Rake Cutting Embossments


Pre-delivery cutting of sections is available. Please contact our The unique patented combination of embossments on each
Sales Department for details. face of the ‘dovetail’ profile provides a mechanical connection
to enhance the bond between the harden concrete and
Multideck 50-V3.

Reinforcement References
Mesh or bar reinforcement of the slab to control cracking in Engineers are advised to consult the Steel Construction Institute
the concrete at all intermediate supports is required in / The Metal Cladding and Roofing Manufacturers Association
BS 5950: Part 4: 1994. Steel reinforcement for crack control (SCI/MCRMA) Technical Paper 13 ‘Composite Slabs and Beams
in the concrete or fire engineering purposes should be in using Steel Decking: Best Practice for Design and Construction’.
accordance with British Standards: Hot Rolled Bars – BS 4449
and Mesh Reinforcement – BS 4483.

Profile and Dimensions (mm)

600mm nominal

150mm

40mm 20mm

50mm 5mm 17mm


gauge

15mm
Gauge: 0.85mm, 0.90mm, 1.00mm, 1.10mm, 1.20mm
Maximum length: 12m
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 13

Multideck 50
Section Properties per Metre Width
Height to Neutral Second Moment Ultimate Moment
Normal Thickness Self Weight Steel Area
Axis Sagging of Area Capacity (kNm/m)
(mm) (mm2/m)
(kg/m2) (kN/m2) (mm) (cm4/m) Sagging Hogging
0.85 11.42 0.112 16.10 56.58 1418 6.47 6.30
0.90 12.89 0.126 16.50 66.15 1605 7.72 7.22
1.00 14.36 0.141 16.60 75.90 1792 8.97 7.99
1.10 15.83 0.155 16.70 83.99 1979 10.17 8.82
1.20 17.29 0.170 16.70 92.16 2165 11.31 9.55

Multideck 60
Volume and Weight of Composite Slabs on Multideck 50-V3
Weight (kN/m2)
Slab Depth Concrete Volume
Normal Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete
(mm) (m3/m2)
Wet Dry Wet Dry
100 0.091 2.14 2.10 1.70 1.61
110 0.101 2.38 2.33 1.88 1.78
120 0.111 2.61 2.56 2.07 1.96
125 0.116 2.73 2.67 2.16 2.05
130 0.121 2.85 2.79 2.26 2.14
140 0.131 3.08 3.02 2.44 2.31
150 0.141 3.32 3.25 2.63 2.49
160 0.151 3.56 3.48 2.81 2.67
170 0.161 3.79 3.71 3.00 2.84
200 0.191 4.50 4.40 3.56 3.37
250 0.241 5.67 5.56 4.49 4.26

Multideck 80

Notes:
Multideck 146

1. Important – concrete volumes do not take into account deflection.


2. Excludes weight of steel decking and relates only to weight of concrete.
3. Concrete volumes are based upon a calculated minimum value (nominal slab depth).
Account should be taken of deck and supporting structure deflections.
14 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Load / Span Tables

Load / Span Tables


When using load / span tables, please consider the following notes:
1. The table shows the maximum span in metres of the 10. Fire resistance performance of the composite concrete
Multideck product for the applied loads and slab depths Multideck 50-V3 slab is as documented and tabulated on
shown. Values are shown for each gauge where the deck is pages 21 to 30.
single span or double span. 11. Total applied load referred to in the table is a working
2. For confirmation of the maximum construction stage load derived from the sum of the loads supported by
unpropped spans see page 111. the composite slab (live load, finishes, ceilings, services,
3. The span values are based on the use of a minimum partitions). Loads shown are based on the ultimate capacity
100mm bearing support. Where the bearing exceeds divided by 1.6. The slab self-weight has already been taken
100mm the span capacity can be increased. See ‘Definition into account, do not include in applied loads.
of Span’ diagram. 12. Deflection under construction loading (wet concrete etc)
4. Deck must lie flat on all support beams. Point only contact has been limited to that stipulated in BS 5950: Part 4: 1994
will adversely affect the design loading, reducing the as 30mm or the span divided by 130, whichever is smaller.
capacity below that shown in the tables. At the composite stage the suggested maximum ratio of
slab span to slab depth is 35 for NWC and 30 for LWC to
5. The self-weight of the slab has been taken into account in
control deflection.
the table and should not be included in the applied loading.
13. For the propped during construction cases, the temporary
6. All tabulated span capacities include applied construction
supports should remain in place until the concrete has
stage load of 1.5kN/m2 for spans equal to or greater
achieved 75% of its 28 day cube strength (often available
than 3.0m.
after 7 days)
7. The composite slab should meet the requirements of
14. Where more than one prop is provided they should be equally
BS 5950: Part 4: 1994 with regard to their composite
spaced across the span of the Multideck system.
behaviour under normal loading.
15. The sound attenuation performance of the composite
8. The concrete grade is a minimum of C25/30 with a minimum
concrete Multideck 50-V3 slab is as documented and
cube strength of 30N/mm2.
tabulated on page 31.
9. Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown meet or
exceed 0.1% gross cross sectional area of the concrete
at the supports. Minimum reinforcement should be
increased where:
a) The slab is propped during construction;
b) It is required to control the size of cracking in the
concrete, i.e. where a brittle finish is applied to the slab;
c) There are moving loads.
Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge
of the concrete slab in a zone of 15mm to 40mm from
the top of the surface. Concrete cover to reinforcement
should be increased where slab exposure dictates.

Definition of Span (construction stage) when Support Widths greater than 100mm?
using Kingspan Load / Span Tables The span capacities shown on the following pages can be
increased by the difference between the actual support widths
Support c/c and 100mm. The deck span (m) used in the table is based on:
(support c/c – support bearing) + the deck depth. All values are
in metres.
Example
Support widths 140mm and 200mm.
Span values can be increased by: (140 + 200)/2 – 100 = 70mm.
Multideck 50-V3 1.2mm double span deck.
150mm thick slab – normal weight concrete.
100mm 100mm
minimum minimum Construction stage span: 4.0N/m2 load column = 3780mm.
With support widths of 140 and 200 the increased span capacity
is 3780 + 70 = 3850mm.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 15

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)
Gauge – 0.85mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.00 3.00 2.99
110 A142 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
120 A142 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87
130 A142 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78
140 A142 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71
150 A142 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63
160 A193 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58

Multideck 60
175 A193 2.49 2.49 2.49 2.49 2.49 2.49
200 A193 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36
250 A252 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16
100 A142 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.20
110 A142 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21
120 A142 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13
130 A142 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05
140 A142 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97
150 A142 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89
160 A193 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81
175 A193 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71
200 A193 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57
250 A252 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

Gauge – 0.90mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.00 3.00 3.00

Multideck 80
110 A142 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08
120 A142 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
130 A142 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
140 A142 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88
150 A142 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82
160 A193 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77
175 A193 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70
200 A193 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59
250 A252 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38
100 A142 3.59 3.50 3.49 3.49 3.40 3.20
110 A142 3.49 3.49 3.49 3.49 3.49 3.49
120 A142 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
130 A142 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32
140 A142 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24
150 A142 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17
160 A193 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10
175 A193 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
200 A193 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84
250 A252 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58
Multideck 146

Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
16 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)


Gauge – 1.00mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.30 3.30 3.22 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22
120 A142 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14
130 A142 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07
140 A142 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
150 A142 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
160 A193 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89
175 A193 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81
200 A193 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70
250 A252 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53
100 A142 3.85 3.56 3.50 3.50 3.40 3.19
110 A142 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.54
120 A142 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64
130 A142 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55
140 A142 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47
150 A142 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39
160 A193 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32
175 A193 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22
200 A193 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07
250 A252 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80

Gauge – 1.10mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.40 3.40 3.28 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.30 3.30
120 A142 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24
130 A142 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16
140 A142 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10
150 A142 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.04
160 A193 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98
175 A193 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
200 A193 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
250 A252 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61
100 A142 4.08 3.61 3.50 3.50 3.41 3.19
110 A142 3.97 3.93 3.85 3.85 3.76 3.53
120 A142 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87
130 A142 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77 3.77
140 A142 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68
150 A142 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59
160 A193 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52
175 A193 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
200 A193 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26
250 A252 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 17

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)
Gauge – 1.20mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.50 3.50 3.32 3.05 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.35 3.28 3.28
120 A142 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33
130 A142 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25
140 A142 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19
150 A142 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12
160 A193 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07

Multideck 60
175 A193 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99
200 A193 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87
250 A252 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.69
100 A142 4.19 3.66 3.50 3.50 3.41 3.19
110 A142 4.12 3.98 3.85 3.85 3.76 3.55
120 A142 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03 3.88
130 A142 3.95 3.95 3.95 3.95 3.95 3.95
140 A142 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87
150 A142 3.78 3.78 3.78 3.78 3.78 3.78
160 A193 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70
175 A193 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59 3.59
200 A193 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42
250 A252 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13

Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.

Multideck 80
Multideck 146
18 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Load / Span Tables

Lightweight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)


Gauge – 0.85mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.22 3.22 2.94 2.73 2.57 2.50
110 A142 3.14 3.14 3.14 2.97 2.79 2.75
120 A142 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.02 2.99
130 A142 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
140 A142 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
150 A142 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87
160 A193 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80
175 A193 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71
200 A193 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58
250 A252 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36
100 A142 3.51 3.23 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.42 3.42 3.29 3.29 3.29 3.29
120 A142 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34
130 A142 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26
140 A142 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19
150 A142 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13
160 A193 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06
175 A193 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
200 A193 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81
250 A252 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57

Gauge – 0.90mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.38 3.29 2.99 2.77 2.61 2.51
110 A142 3.29 3.29 3.25 3.01 2.84 2.75
120 A142 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.06 3.00
130 A142 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
140 A142 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08
150 A142 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02
160 A193 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
175 A193 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89
200 A193 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78
250 A252 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60
100 A142 3.76 3.29 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.71 3.58 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30
120 A142 3.63 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60
130 A142 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.54
140 A142 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47
150 A142 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
160 A193 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33
175 A193 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24
200 A193 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10
250 A252 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 19

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)
Gauge – 1.00mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.52 3.35 3.04 2.82 2.65 2.52
110 A142 3.43 3.43 3.30 3.06 2.88 2.75
120 A142 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.31 3.11 3.00
130 A142 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.25
140 A142 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21
150 A142 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
160 A193 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09

Multideck 60
175 A193 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
200 A193 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
250 A252 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71
100 A142 3.83 3.35 3.04 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.98 3.63 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30
120 A142 3.89 3.89 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60
130 A142 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79
140 A142 3.72 3.72 3.72 3.72 3.72 3.72
150 A142 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64 3.64
160 A193 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57
175 A193 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47 3.47
200 A193 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32
250 A252 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07

Gauge – 1.10mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.62 3.40 3.09 2.87 2.70 2.56

Multideck 80
110 A142 3.54 3.55 3.35 3.10 2.91 2.78
120 A142 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.36 3.16 3.01
130 A142 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.25
140 A142 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
150 A142 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25
160 A193 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19
175 A193 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12
200 A193 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
250 A252 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80
100 A142 3.89 3.40 3.09 2.99 2.99 2.99
110 A142 4.22 3.69 3.35 3.30 3.30 3.30
120 A142 4.12 3.98 3.62 3.60 3.60 3.60
130 A142 4.03 4.03 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90
140 A142 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94
150 A142 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.86
160 A193 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79
175 A193 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68 3.68
200 A193 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52
250 A252 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26
Multideck 146

Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
20 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Load / Span Tables

Lightweight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 450N/mm2)


Gauge – 1.20mm
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
Span Type Slab Depth
Min Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
(support condition) (mm)
Span (m)
100 A142 3.72 3.45 3.14 2.91 2.75 2.60
110 A142 3.63 3.63 3.39 3.15 2.97 2.82
120 A142 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.40 3.20 3.04
130 A142 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.44 3.27
140 A142 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
150 A142 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34
160 A193 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28
175 A193 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21
200 A193 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08
250 A252 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94
100 A142 3.95 3.45 3.14 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 4.28 3.74 3.39 3.30 3.30 3.30
120 A142 4.25 4.03 3.67 3.60 3.60 3.60
130 A142 4.17 4.17 3.94 3.90 3.90 3.90
140 A142 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10
150 A142 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03
160 A193 3.97 3.97 3.97 3.97 3.97 3.97
175 A193 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87
200 A193 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70
250 A252 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above tables is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Permanent Support
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This design software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 21

Fire Resistance

Multideck 50
Fire Performance – Mesh
1. The fire resistance load / span tables for Multideck 50-V3 on specified imposed load (non-permanent and permanent).
the following pages are based upon fire test data from full It is assumed that the permanent imposed loads for
scale tests performed at the Warrington Fire Research Centre partitions, finishes, ceilings and services are equivalent to
UK, May 1998. 1.7kN/m2 in all cases. The tables are therefore appropriate
2. The published load / span tables on the following pages for office type applications. For other applications where the
provide values for fire performance up to 2 hours. The imposed loads are almost entirely permanent, the total load
Multideck Toolkit design software should be used for should be adjusted accordingly before reading from
extended fire periods of up to 4 hours or where the the tables, e.g:
composite slab is single span. – 150mm normal weight concrete plantroom slab
3. The composite slab is assumed to be continuous over one or and A142 mesh;
more intermediate supports, i.e. minimum double span. – 7.5kN/m2 live load; – 1.2kN/m2 50mm screed finish
4. The fire resistance load / span tables are for continuous 0.5kN/m2 ceilings and services;

Multideck 60
spans only with no propping. For propped and single span – 1 hour fire rating.
conditions use the Multideck Toolkit design software or
Multideck 50-V3 profile
contact our Technical Services Department.
Total applied load = 1.2 + 0.5 + 7.5/0.8 = 11.075kN/m2.
5. Minimum laps should be 300mm for A142 mesh and 400mm
From table overleaf, maximum span = 3.60m.
for A193 and A252 mesh.
11. The * denotes that the mesh provided, although satisfying
6. The mesh should be placed between 15mm and 40mm from
the fire resistance requirement, does not comply with the
the upper surface of the slab (this range caters for lap areas).
minimum anti-crack reinforcement requirement of BS 5950:
7. The tables are based upon Grade 30 concrete, reinforcement Part 4: 1994.
having a yield strength of 460N/mm2.
Refer to standard load / span tables for minimum mesh
8. The fire resistance load / span tables must be read in requirements.
conjunction with the standard load / span tables to verify
12. For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables,
the structural integrity of the composite slab.
the Fire Engineering Method as detailed in the SCI Publication
9. The values in all load / span tables are relevant to 056 should be adopted or use the Multideck Toolkit design
unpropped construction. software. Please contact our Technical Services Department
10. The tables take into account the reduced partial factor of for advice.
0.8 as permitted in BS 5950: Part 8: 2003 for non-permanent 13. These tables apply to all gauges 0.85mm and above.
imposed loads. The tables are presented in terms of total

Multideck 80
Fire Performance – Dramix® Steel Fibre
1. Multideck 50-V3 can be used with Dramix® Steel Fibre
reinforcement as an alternative to conventional fire
engineering using steel mesh (see fire resistance load /
span tables on pages 22 through 30).
2. For more information on the use of Dramix® Steel Fibre
Concrete, please refer to pages 118 through 121 of the
Multideck Technical Handbook P364.
3. Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforcement can only be used with
Multideck 50-V3 in gauges 0.9mm, 1.0mm and 1.2mm.
Multideck 146
22 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction


Fire Rating 1.0 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.43 3.30 3.17 3.07 2.96
100 A193 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.43 3.36 3.25 3.14
100 A252 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.42 3.33
110 A142 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.75 3.57 3.44 3.31 3.21 3.10
110 A193 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.79 3.65 3.51 3.40 3.29
110 A252 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.79 3.73 3.61 3.49
125 A142 4.38 4.33 4.11 3.93 3.77 3.64 3.50 3.39 3.28
125 A193 4.38 4.38 4.37 4.18 4.01 3.87 3.72 3.61 3.49
125 A252 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.37 4.26 4.11 3.95 3.83 3.70
130 A142 4.55 4.39 4.18 3.99 3.83 3.70 3.56 3.45 3.34
130 A193 4.55 4.55 4.44 4.25 4.07 3.93 3.78 3.67 3.55
130 A252 4.55 4.55 4.55 4.50 4.32 4.17 4.02 3.90 3.77
140 A142 4.73 4.48 4.27 4.08 3.92 3.79 3.65 3.54 3.43
140 A193 4.90 4.77 4.54 4.34 4.17 4.03 3.88 3.76 3.64
140 A252 4.90 4.90 4.82 4.61 4.43 4.28 4.12 4.00 3.87
150 A142 4.80 4.55 4.34 4.16 4.00 3.86 3.72 3.61 3.50
150 A193 5.10 4.84 4.62 4.42 4.25 4.11 3.96 3.84 3.72
150 A252 5.25 5.14 4.90 4.69 4.51 4.36 4.20 4.08 3.95
160 A142 4.86 4.62 4.41 4.23 4.07 3.94 3.80 3.69 3.58
160 A193 5.17 4.91 4.69 4.50 4.32 4.18 4.03 3.92 3.80
160 A252 5.49 5.21 4.98 4.77 4.59 4.44 4.28 4.15 4.03
200 A142 5.07 4.85 4.65 4.47 4.32 4.19 4.05 3.94 3.83
200 A193 5.38 5.14 4.93 4.75 4.58 4.44 4.30 4.18 4.06
200 A252 5.71 5.45 5.23 5.03 4.86 4.71 4.56 4.44 4.31
250 A142 5.27 5.06 4.88 4.72 4.56 4.43 4.30 4.20 4.09
250 A193 5.58 5.36 5.17 4.99 4.83 4.70 4.56 4.45 4.33
250 A252 5.92 5.68 5.47 5.29 5.12 4.98 4.83 4.71 4.58
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 23

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 1.5 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 – – – – – – – – –
100 A193 – – – – – – – – –
100 A252 – – – – – – – – –
110 A142 3.80 3.58 3.40 3.24 3.10 2.99 2.88 2.79 2.69
110 A193 3.85 3.85 3.65 3.49 3.34 3.22 3.09 2.99 2.89
110 A252 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.73 3.57 3.44 3.31 3.21 3.10
125 A142 3.98 3.76 3.58 3.42 3.28 3.17 3.05 2.96 2.86

Multideck 60
125 A193 4.29 4.05 3.85 3.68 3.53 3.41 3.28 3.18 3.08
125 A252 4.38 4.35 4.13 3.95 3.78 3.65 3.51 3.40 3.29
130 A142 4.04 3.82 3.63 3.48 3.33 3.22 3.10 3.01 2.91
130 A193 4.35 4.12 3.91 3.74 3.59 3.47 3.34 3.24 3.13
130 A252 4.55 4.42 4.20 4.02 3.85 3.72 3.58 3.47 3.36
140 A142 4.14 3.92 3.73 3.58 3.43 3.32 3.20 3.10 3.00
140 A193 4.46 4.22 4.02 3.85 3.70 3.57 3.44 3.34 3.23
140 A252 4.79 4.53 4.32 4.13 3.97 3.83 3.69 3.58 3.47
150 A142 4.22 4.00 3.82 3.66 3.52 3.40 3.28 3.19 3.09
150 A193 4.55 4.32 4.12 3.95 3.79 3.67 3.54 3.44 3.33
150 A252 4.89 4.65 4.42 4.24 4.07 3.94 3.80 3.69 3.57
160 A142 4.27 4.06 3.88 3.72 3.58 3.46 3.34 3.25 3.15
160 A193 4.61 4.38 4.18 4.01 3.86 3.73 3.60 3.50 3.39
160 A252 4.95 4.71 4.49 4.31 4.14 4.01 3.87 3.76 3.64
200 A142 4.44 4.24 4.07 3.92 3.78 3.67 3.55 3.46 3.36
200 A193 4.78 4.57 4.39 4.23 4.07 3.95 3.82 3.72 3.61
200 A252 5.14 4.91 4.71 4.53 4.37 4.24 4.10 3.99 3.88
250 A142 4.60 4.42 4.26 4.12 3.98 3.87 3.76 3.67 3.57
250 A193 4.95 4.75 4.58 4.43 4.28 4.16 4.04 3.94 3.84

Multideck 80
250 A252 5.30 5.10 4.91 4.75 4.59 4.46 4.33 4.22 4.11
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.

Multideck 146
24 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction


Fire Rating 2.0 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 – – – – – – – – –
100 A193 – – – – – – – – –
100 A252 – – – – – – – – –
110 A142 – – – – – – – – –
110 A193 – – – – – – – – –
110 A252 – – – – – – – – –
125 A142 3.34 3.15 3.00 2.87 2.75 2.66 2.56 2.48 2.40
125 A193 3.67 3.47 3.30 3.16 3.03 2.92 2.81 2.73 2.64
125 A252 4.01 3.79 3.60 3.45 3.30 3.18 3.06 2.97 2.88
130 A142 3.39 3.21 3.05 2.92 2.80 2.70 2.60 2.53 2.45
130 A193 3.73 3.53 3.36 3.21 3.08 2.97 2.86 2.78 2.69
130 A252 4.08 3.86 3.67 3.51 3.36 3.25 3.13 3.04 2.94
140 A142 3.47 3.29 3.14 3.00 2.88 2.79 2.69 2.61 2.53
140 A193 3.82 3.62 3.45 3.31 3.17 3.07 2.96 2.87 2.78
140 A252 4.18 3.96 3.77 3.62 3.47 3.35 3.23 3.13 3.03
150 A142 3.55 3.37 3.21 3.08 2.96 2.86 2.76 2.68 2.60
150 A193 3.92 3.72 3.55 3.40 3.27 3.16 3.05 2.96 2.87
150 A252 4.28 4.06 3.87 3.71 3.57 3.45 3.32 3.23 3.13
160 A142 3.61 3.44 3.28 3.15 3.03 2.93 2.83 2.75 2.67
160 A193 3.99 3.79 3.62 3.47 3.34 3.23 3.12 3.03 2.94
160 A252 4.36 4.14 3.96 3.80 3.65 3.53 3.41 3.31 3.21
200 A142 3.74 3.58 3.43 3.31 3.19 3.10 3.00 2.92 2.84
200 A193 4.13 3.95 3.79 3.65 3.52 3.41 3.30 3.21 3.12
200 A252 4.52 4.32 4.14 3.99 3.85 3.73 3.61 3.51 3.41
250 A142 3.86 3.71 3.57 3.46 3.34 3.25 3.16 3.08 3.00
250 A193 4.25 4.08 3.93 3.80 3.68 3.58 3.47 3.39 3.30
250 A252 4.65 4.46 4.30 4.16 4.03 3.92 3.80 3.71 3.61
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 25

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 1.0 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
100 A193 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
100 A252 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
110 A142 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.13 3.11
110 A193 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
110 A252 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
125 A142 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.35 3.25

Multideck 60
125 A193 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45
125 A252 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45
130 A142 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.79 3.67 3.55 3.43
130 A193 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.78 3.65
130 A252 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.89
140 A142 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.18 4.06 3.91 3.76 3.64 3.52
140 A193 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.10 4.00 3.87 3.74
140 A252 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.09 3.98
150 A142 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.32 4.14 3.99 3.84 3.72 3.60
150 A193 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.41 4.25 4.09 3.96 3.83
150 A252 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.43 4.35 4.21 4.07
160 A142 4.80 4.80 4.61 4.41 4.23 4.08 3.92 3.80 3.68
160 A193 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.69 4.49 4.33 4.17 4.04 3.91
160 A252 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.78 4.61 4.43 4.30 4.16
200 A142 5.40 5.13 4.89 4.69 4.51 4.36 4.21 4.09 3.96
200 A193 5.73 5.45 5.20 4.98 4.79 4.63 4.47 4.34 4.21
200 A252 6.00 5.78 5.52 5.29 5.08 4.91 4.74 4.60 4.46
250 A142 5.65 5.39 5.17 4.97 4.80 4.65 4.50 4.38 4.25
250 A193 5.99 5.72 5.48 5.27 5.09 4.93 4.77 4.64 4.51

Multideck 80
250 A252 6.35 6.06 5.81 5.59 5.39 5.22 5.05 4.91 4.77
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.

Multideck 146
26 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction


Fire Rating 1.5 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 – – – – – – – – –
100 A193 – – – – – – – – –
100 A252 – – – – – – – – –
110 A142 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.92 2.83 2.73
110 A193 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.05 2.94
110 A252 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
125 A142 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.42 3.31 3.19 3.06 2.96 2.86
125 A193 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.38 3.30 3.19 3.08
125 A252 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.39 3.32
130 A142 3.90 3.90 3.84 3.66 3.50 3.37 3.24 3.14 3.03
130 A193 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.89 3.78 3.64 3.50 3.39 3.27
130 A252 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.84 3.77 3.65 3.53
140 A142 4.20 4.15 3.94 3.76 3.60 3.47 3.33 3.23 3.12
140 A193 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.06 3.89 3.75 3.60 3.49 3.37
140 A252 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.19 4.04 3.88 3.76 3.63
150 A142 4.47 4.22 4.01 3.83 3.67 3.54 3.40 3.30 3.19
150 A193 4.50 4.50 4.34 4.14 3.96 3.82 3.68 3.57 3.45
150 A252 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.45 4.27 4.12 3.96 3.84 3.71
160 A142 4.54 4.29 4.07 3.89 3.73 3.60 3.47 3.36 3.25
160 A193 4.80 4.63 4.40 4.21 4.03 3.89 3.75 3.64 3.52
160 A252 4.80 4.80 4.74 4.53 4.34 4.19 4.03 3.91 3.78
200 A142 4.74 4.51 4.30 4.12 3.97 3.84 3.70 3.60 3.49
200 A193 5.12 4.86 4.64 4.45 4.28 4.14 3.99 3.88 3.76
200 A252 5.51 5.23 4.99 4.78 4.60 4.45 4.29 4.17 4.04
250 A142 4.94 4.72 4.52 4.36 4.20 4.07 3.94 3.83 3.72
250 A193 5.32 5.08 4.87 4.69 4.52 4.38 4.24 4.13 4.01
250 A252 5.72 5.46 5.23 5.04 4.86 4.71 4.56 4.43 4.30
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 27

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 2.0 hour
Slab Depth Min Mesh Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m)
100 A142 – – – – – – – – –
100 A193 – – – – – – – – –
100 A252 – – – – – – – – –
110 A142 – – – – – – – – –
110 A193 – – – – – – – – –
110 A252 – – – – – – – – –
125 A142 3.45 3.29 3.11 2.96 2.83 2.72 2.61 2.53 2.44

Multideck 60
125 A193 3.45 3.45 3.44 3.28 3.13 3.01 2.89 2.80 2.70
125 A252 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.42 3.29 3.16 3.06 2.95
130 A142 3.68 3.46 3.28 3.13 2.99 2.88 2.77 2.68 2.59
130 A193 3.90 3.84 3.64 3.47 3.31 3.19 3.07 2.97 2.87
130 A252 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.80 3.63 3.50 3.36 3.26 3.15
140 A142 3.79 3.57 3.39 3.23 3.09 2.98 2.87 2.78 2.69
140 A193 4.20 3.95 3.75 3.58 3.42 3.30 3.17 3.07 2.97
140 A252 4.20 4.20 4.12 3.93 3.76 3.62 3.48 3.37 3.26
150 A142 3.86 3.64 3.46 3.30 3.16 3.05 2.94 2.85 2.75
150 A193 4.27 4.03 3.83 3.66 3.50 3.38 3.25 3.15 3.05
150 A252 4.50 4.43 4.21 4.02 3.85 3.71 3.57 3.46 3.34
160 A142 3.90 3.68 3.50 3.35 3.21 3.10 2.99 2.90 2.80
160 A193 4.32 4.08 3.88 3.71 3.56 3.43 3.30 3.20 3.10
160 A252 4.74 4.48 4.26 4.07 3.90 3.77 3.63 3.52 3.40
200 A142 4.04 3.84 3.67 3.52 3.38 3.27 3.16 3.07 2.98
200 A193 4.47 4.25 4.06 3.89 3.74 3.62 3.49 3.39 3.29
200 A252 4.91 4.66 4.45 4.27 4.10 3.97 3.83 3.72 3.61
250 A142 4.18 3.99 3.83 3.69 3.56 3.45 3.34 3.25 3.16
250 A193 4.62 4.41 4.23 4.08 3.93 3.81 3.68 3.58 3.48

Multideck 80
250 A252 5.06 4.83 4.64 4.46 4.30 4.17 4.04 3.93 3.81
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.

Multideck 146
28 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*


1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
101 5.01 4.16 3.88 3.52 3.30 3.02 2.82
110 5.17 4.34 4.05 3.67 3.45 3.17 2.95
120 5.35 4.52 4.23 3.84 3.62 3.34 3.11
130 5.53 4.70 4.41 4.02 3.78 3.49 3.26
140 5.70 4.87 4.58 4.18 3.94 3.64 3.41
150 5.85 5.03 4.73 4.34 4.09 3.79 3.55
160 6.02 5.20 4.91 4.50 4.25 3.95 3.70
170 6.16 5.35 5.05 4.65 4.40 4.08 3.83
180 6.31 5.51 5.21 4.80 4.55 4.23 3.97
190 6.44 5.65 5.34 4.94 4.68 4.35 4.09
200 6.58 5.79 5.49 5.08 4.82 4.49 4.22

1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 0.9mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
110 3.64 3.06 2.86 2.60 2.45 2.25 2.10
120 3.82 3.23 3.02 2.76 2.59 2.39 2.23
130 3.98 3.40 3.19 2.91 2.74 2.53 2.37
140 4.16 3.56 3.35 3.06 2.89 2.68 2.51
150 4.31 3.71 3.50 3.20 3.03 2.80 2.63
160 4.45 3.85 3.63 3.34 3.16 2.93 2.74
170 4.63 4.02 3.80 3.50 3.31 3.08 2.88
180 4.77 4.16 3.95 3.63 3.45 3.20 3.01
190 4.89 4.29 4.06 3.76 3.56 3.32 3.12
200 5.02 4.43 4.20 3.88 3.69 3.44 3.23

2.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 0.9mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
125 3.58 3.04 2.85 2.60 2.45 2.27 2.12
130 3.65 3.11 2.92 2.66 2.52 2.32 2.17
140 3.84 3.29 3.09 2.83 2.67 2.48 2.31
150 3.99 3.44 3.24 2.97 2.80 2.60 2.44
160 4.15 3.59 3.39 3.12 2.95 2.73 2.56
170 4.30 3.74 3.54 3.26 3.09 2.87 2.69
180 4.46 3.90 3.69 3.40 3.23 3.00 2.82
190 4.60 4.04 3.83 3.54 3.36 3.13 2.94
200 4.73 4.16 3.95 3.66 3.48 3.24 3.05
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use the Multideck Toolkit design software to determine
the suitable bottom bar requirements).
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped, please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
Use of Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforcement is limited to the gauges shown above.
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
** Refer to p.14, note 11 for details.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 29

Multideck 50
Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*
1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
101 5.22 4.34 4.05 3.66 3.44 3.16 2.94
110 5.37 4.50 4.20 3.81 3.58 3.29 3.07
120 5.54 4.68 4.38 3.98 3.74 3.45 3.22
130 5.72 4.86 4.55 4.16 3.91 3.61 3.38
140 5.88 5.03 4.73 4.32 4.07 3.76 3.52
150 6.03 5.20 4.88 4.48 4.23 3.91 3.66

Multideck 60
160 6.19 5.35 5.05 4.63 4.38 4.05 3.80
170 6.34 5.52 5.20 4.79 4.53 4.20 3.95
180 6.50 5.68 5.37 4.95 4.69 4.35 4.09
190 6.62 5.80 5.50 5.08 4.81 4.48 4.20
200 6.75 5.95 5.64 5.21 4.95 4.61 4.34

1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
110 3.74 3.14 2.94 2.67 2.51 2.31 2.16
120 3.91 3.31 3.10 2.83 2.66 2.45 2.30
130 4.09 3.48 3.27 2.98 2.81 2.60 2.43
140 4.24 3.63 3.41 3.13 2.95 2.73 2.55
150 4.38 3.78 3.55 3.26 3.08 2.85 2.67
160 4.56 3.95 3.73 3.42 3.23 3.00 2.81
170 4.71 4.10 3.88 3.56 3.38 3.13 2.95
180 4.86 4.24 4.02 3.70 3.51 3.27 3.06

Multideck 80
190 4.99 4.38 4.16 3.84 3.64 3.39 3.19
200 5.13 4.52 4.30 3.98 3.77 3.52 3.31

2.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
125 3.66 3.10 2.91 2.66 2.50 2.31 2.16
130 3.73 3.19 2.99 2.73 2.57 2.38 2.23
140 3.91 3.36 3.16 2.89 2.73 2.52 2.36
150 4.07 3.51 3.30 3.03 2.87 2.66 2.48
160 4.23 3.67 3.46 3.18 3.01 2.79 2.62
170 4.37 3.80 3.59 3.30 3.13 2.91 2.73
180 4.52 3.95 3.74 3.45 3.27 3.04 2.86
190 4.66 4.09 3.88 3.59 3.40 3.16 2.98
200 4.80 4.24 4.02 3.73 3.54 3.30 3.10
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use the Multideck Toolkit design software to determine
Multideck 146

the suitable bottom bar requirements).


These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped, please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
Use of Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforcement is limited to the gauges shown above.
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
** Refer to p.14, note 11 for details.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
30 Structural Steel Products Multideck 50

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*


1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 1.2mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
101 5.61 4.67 4.36 3.95 3.70 3.40 3.16
110 5.77 4.84 4.52 4.09 3.84 3.54 3.30
120 5.92 5.01 4.69 4.26 4.01 3.70 3.45
130 6.08 5.16 4.84 4.42 4.16 3.84 3.59
140 6.23 5.34 5.01 4.58 4.32 3.99 3.73
150 6.39 5.50 5.18 4.74 4.48 4.14 3.88
160 6.53 5.66 5.33 4.89 4.63 4.29 4.02
170 6.69 5.82 5.49 5.05 4.78 4.44 4.16
180 6.83 5.96 5.64 5.20 4.92 4.58 4.30
190 6.98 6.12 5.80 5.35 5.07 4.72 4.44
200 7.09 6.25 5.93 5.48 5.20 4.85 4.56

1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 1.2mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
110 3.92 3.30 3.09 2.80 2.63 2.43 2.27
120 4.10 3.47 3.25 2.96 2.79 2.57 2.41
130 4.27 3.64 3.42 3.12 2.94 2.72 2.54
140 4.43 3.80 3.57 3.27 3.09 2.85 2.67
150 4.59 3.95 3.72 3.41 3.22 2.98 2.80
160 4.74 4.11 3.88 3.56 3.37 3.13 2.93
170 4.88 4.25 4.02 3.70 3.50 3.25 3.05
180 5.00 4.38 4.14 3.82 3.62 3.37 3.16
190 5.16 4.52 4.29 3.96 3.76 3.50 3.29
200 5.30 4.67 4.43 4.10 3.90 3.63 3.41

2.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete


Gauge 1.2mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)**
125 3.80 3.23 3.03 2.77 2.61 2.41 2.25
130 3.88 3.31 3.11 2.84 2.68 2.48 2.31
140 4.06 3.48 3.27 3.00 2.83 2.62 2.45
150 4.21 3.63 3.42 3.14 2.97 2.75 2.58
160 4.37 3.78 3.57 3.28 3.10 2.88 2.70
170 4.49 3.91 3.70 3.41 3.23 3.00 2.81
180 4.63 4.05 3.83 3.53 3.35 3.12 2.93
190 4.80 4.22 4.00 3.70 3.50 3.27 3.07
200 4.94 4.36 4.13 3.83 3.63 3.39 3.19
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use the Multideck Toolkit design software to determine
the suitable bottom bar requirements).
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped, please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
Use of Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforcement is limited to the gauges shown above.
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
** Refer to p.14, note 11 for details.
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Multideck Toolkit design software should be used to check for a solution.
This software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 50 Structural Steel Products 31

Sound Attenuation

Multideck 50
Predicted Site Acoustic Performance of Floors with Multideck 50-V3
Predicted Acoustic Performance DnT,w + Ctr (dB) for Airborne Sound
Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
120 36 to 40 46 to 50 45 to 49 46 to 50 45 to 49
130 37 to 41 47 to 51 46 to 50 47 to 51 46 to 50
140 38 to 42 48 to 52 47 to 51 48 to 52 47 to 51
150 39 to 43 49 to 53 48 to 52 49 to 53 48 to 52
160 40 to 44 50 to 54 49 to 53 50 to 54 49 to 53
175 41 to 45 51 to 55 50 to 54 51 to 55 50 to 54

Multideck 60
200 43 to 47 53 to 57 52 to 56 53 to 57 52 to 56
250 47 to 51 57 to 61 56 to 60 57 to 61 56 to 60

Predicted Acoustic Performance L’nT,w (dB) for Impact Sound


Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
120 to 250 76 to 70 68 to 72 51 to 55 53 to 57 51 to 55
Notes:
The tables are based on a minimum concrete density of 2350kgs/m3 and can be used with mesh or Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforcement.
Lightweight concrete may lead to a reduction in acoustic performance of about 2dB to 3dB on the values shown above.
Values of DnT,w are available from our Technical Services Department.
The junction details between the walls and floors must be appropriately detailed to ensure that flanking sound is minimised.
The values in the table are based on the new (since 2003) measurement index DnT,w + Ctr for airborne sound. The Ctr term is a spectrum adaptation value which is generally
negative and adjusts the index to take account of low frequency sounds that often cause problems in residential buildings. Thus the DnT,w + Ctr rating is lower than the DnT,w
rating for the same construction.
Kingspan Insulated Panels’ Structural Products & Systems sub-division is a member of The Steel Construction Institute and has undertaken extensive testing on the accoustic
performance of the Multideck range of composite steel slabs. The testing was carried out on behalf of Kingspan by The Steel Construction Institute and resulted in a
comprehensive report: ‘Acoustic Performance of Kingspan Composite Floors’, copies of which can be obtained from our Technical Services Department.

Multideck 80
Multideck 146
32 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Multideck 60

Contents

Product Data 34 Load / Span Tables 37 Fire Resistance Sound Attenuation 51


Load / Span Tables 43
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 33

Introduction

Multideck 50
The original and still the most popular deck Multideck 60 Floor Decking System
in the market is a 60mm high, structurally The efficient shape of the deck and resulting composite slab
efficient trapezoidal profile providing an make an excellent option for composite beam design.
Key benefits include:
excellent composite union between steel
– Concrete Volume Savings
and concrete to maximise the load carrying Due to its unique profile Multideck 60-V2 requires less
capacity. Unpropped construction stage spans concrete than other decks to achieve any given slab
thickness. Multideck 60-V2 can save up to 20% concrete
up to 4.7m can be achieved. volume compared with typical re-entrant profiles.
– Greater Design Efficiency
The larger range of Multideck gauge thicknesses allow
much closer matching of design requirements and deck
performance. Kingspan Multideck 60-V2 can be used
with Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforcem ent to eliminate

Multideck 60
mesh in slab design.
– Quicker Installation
The Multideck range has a 1m cover width requiring fewer
panels and sidelaps. No temporary supports are required
under most conditions. A wide range of accessories allows
for easy installation of ceilings and services.
– Technical Support
Kingspan Toolkit software includes comprehensive composite
floor design software which allows the user to easily select
the right Multideck solution. The design software is available
for download from the web site
www.kingspanstructural.com.
The Multideck design department provides a comprehensive
engineering and advisory service to specifiers and end users
on the use of the Multideck range of composite decks.

Multideck 80
Multideck 146
34 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Product Data

Material Specification – 350N/mm2 Steel Concrete Volumes and Specification


Steel strip for Multideck 60-V2 complies with BS EN 10143 and Load / span tables are based on Grade C25/30 concrete, having
BS EN 10346 with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of a design strength of 30N/mm2. Solutions using other concrete
350N/mm2 and a minimum total coating mass (including both strengths are possible with the Multideck design software.
sides) of 275g/m2.
Density of normal weight concrete: 2400kg/m3 at wet stage.
Density of lightweight concrete: 1900kg/m3 at wet stage.
All concrete used with Multideck in the construction of composite
slabs should comply with the recommendations in BS 8110: 1997.

Rake Cutting Embossments


Pre-delivery cutting of sections is available. Please contact our Raised diagonal embossments in opposite directions on each
Sales Department for details. face of the webs of the decking provide the mechanical
connection between the steel and the hardened concrete.

Reinforcement References
Reinforcement of the slab to prevent cracking at all Engineers are advised to consult SCI / MCRMA Technical Paper 13
intermediate supports is required in BS 5950: Part 4 1994. ‘Composite Slabs and Beams using Steel Decking: Best Practice
for Design and Construction’.
Steel reinforcement for anti-crack or fire engineering purposes
in accordance with British Standards: Hot rolled bars – BS 4449;
Fabric reinforcement – BS 4483: 1998. A reinforced solution using
Dramix® Steel Fibres from Bekaert is available, see pages 118 to
121 for details.

Profile and Dimensions (mm)

1000 cover width

142mm 332mm

53mm nominal

9mm gauge

59˚ 61mm
19mm
59mm 119mm 213mm 63mm 15mm

5mm

Gauge: 0.9, 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2mm


Maximum length: 12 metres
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 35

Multideck 50
Section Properties per Metre Width
Height to Neutral Second Moment Ultimate Moment
Normal Thickness Self Weight Steel Area
Axis Sagging of Area Capacity (kNm/m)
(mm) (mm2/m)
(kg/m2) (kN/m2) (mm) (cm4/m) Sagging Hogging
0.90 9.34 0.092 39.40 81.00 1137.87 7.09 6.95
1.00 10.37 0.102 36.60 91.83 1270.18 8.41 8.06
1.10 11.41 0.112 35.00 102.70 1402.49 9.72 9.15
1.20 12.45 0.122 35.00 112.30 1534.80 11.01 10.22

Multideck 60
Volume and Weight of Composite Slabs on Multideck 60-V2
Weight (kN/m2)
Slab Depth Concrete Volume
Normal Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete
(mm) (m3/m2)
Wet Dry Wet Dry
120 0.085 2.040 1.998 1.621 1.538
130 0.095 2.275 2.228 1.808 1.714
140 0.105 2.511 2.459 1.990 1.891
150 0.115 2.740 2.689 2.180 2.067
160 0.125 2.982 2.920 2.367 2.244
175 0.140 3.335 3.266 2.646 2.509
200 0.165 3.924 3.842 3.112 2.950
250 0.215 5.101 4.994 4.044 3.833

Multideck 80

Notes:
Multideck 146

1. Important – concrete volumes do not take into account deflection.


2. Excludes weight of steel decking and relates only to weight of concrete.
3. Concrete volumes are based upon a calculated minimum value (nominal slab depth).
Account should be taken of deck and supporting structure deflections.
36 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 37

Load / Span Tables

Multideck 50
Load / Span Tables
When using load tables for Multideck 60-V2 please take into consideration the following notes:
1 The table shows the maximum span in meters of the Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge of
Multideck product for the applied loads and slab depths the concrete slab in a zone of 15mm to 40mm from the top
shown. Values are shown for each gauge where the deck surface. Concrete cover to reinforcement should be increased
is single span or double spans, plus values for propped spans where slab exposure dictates.
during construction. 10 Where in the table the span value is shown in red this shows
2 For confirmation of the maximum construction stage the maximum permissible span where there is a minimum of
unpropped spans see page 111. one stud per trough
3 The span values are based on the use of a minimum 100mm 11 Total applied load referred to in the table is a working
bearing support. Where the bearing exceeds 100mm the span load derived from the sum of the loads supported by
capacity can be increased. See example below. the composite slab (live load, finishes, ceilings, services,
4 Deck must lie flat on all supports beams. Point only contact partitions). Loads shown are based on Ultimate

Multideck 60
will affect the design loading. capacity / 1.6. The slab self weight has already been
taken in to account do not include in applied loads.
5 The self weight of the slab has been taken in to account in
the table and should not be included in the applied loading. 12 Deflection under construction loading (wet concrete etc) has
been limited to that stipulated in BS5950 Part 4 1994.
6 All tabulated span capacities include applied construction
At the composite stage the suggested maximum ratio of slab
stage load of 1.5kN/m2 for spans of 3.0m or larger. For spans
span to slab depth are 35 for NWC and 30 for LWC
less than 3.0m the construction load is 4.5/span(m) kN/m2.
to control deflection.
7 The composite slab should meet the requirements of BS5950
13 For the propped during construction cases the temporary
Part 4 1994 with regard to their composite behaviour under
supports should remain in place until the concrete has
normal loading.
achieved 75% of it 28 day cube strength often available
8 The concrete grade is a minimum of C25/30 with a minimum after 7 days.
ultimate strength is of 30N/mm2.
14 Where more than one prop is provided they should be equally
9 Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown meet or spaced across the span of the Multideck.
exceed 0.1% gross cross sectional area of the concrete
15 Where ★ appears the addition of props gives no further
at the supports. Minimum reinforcement should be
spanning benefit in these cases.
increased where:-
a) The slab is propped during construction.
b) It is required to control the size of cracking in the concrete
i.e. where a brittle finishes is applied to the slab.
c) There are moving loads.

Multideck 80
Definition of Span (construction stage) when Support widths greater than 100mm?
using Kingspan Load / Span Tables The span capacities shown on the following pages can be
increased by the difference between the actual support widths
Support c/c and 100mm.
The deck span (m) used in the table is based on the
(Support c/c – support bearing) + the deck depth.
All values in metres.
Example
Support widths 140mm and 200mm.
Span values can be increased by (140 + 200)/2 – 100 = 70mm.
MD60-V2 1.2mm double span deck (no props).
100mm 100mm
minimum minimum 150mm thick slab – normal weight concrete.
Construction stage span: 4.0kN/m2 load column = 4000mm.
With support widths of 140 and 200 the increased span capacity
is 4000 + 70 = 4070mm.
Multideck 146
38 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 350N/mm2)


Gauge = 0.9mm Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 3.26 3.26 3.26 2.99 2.65 2.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.17 2.81 2.54
3.20 2.98 2.75 3.39 3.16 2.88
130 A142 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.86 2.58 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.03 2.73
3.15 2.97 3.28 3.10
140 A142 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 2.77 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 2.92
3.06 3.18
150 A142 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.95 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.09
2.97
160 A142 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01
175 A193 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91
200 A193 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76
250 A252 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54
120 A98 3.52 3.52 3.49 2.99 2.65 2.39 3.81 3.81 3.69 3.17 2.81 2.54
3.52 3.23 2.98 2.75 3.77 3.44 3.18 2.88
130 A142 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.24 2.86 2.58 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.43 3.03 2.73
3.42 3.18 2.97 3.65 3.38 3.10
140 A142 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.07 2.77 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.24 2.92
3.32 3.14 3.57 3.32
150 A142 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 2.95 3.51 3.51 3.51 3.51 3.45 3.11
3.24 3.51 3.50
160 A142 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.13 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.29
3.16 3.43
175 A193 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
200 A193 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14
250 A252 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.32 2.94 2.66 3.62 3.62 3.60 3.32 2.94 2.66
3.52 3.29 2.98 3.60 3.28 2.98
130 A142 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.16 2.86 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.16 2.86
3.40 3.21 3.50 3.20
140 A142 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.05 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.38 3.05
3.30 3.39 3.39
150 A142 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.24
3.30
160 A142 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21 3.21
175 A193 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10
200 A193 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95
250 A252 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.71
120 A98 4.09 4.09 3.86 3.32 2.94 2.66 4.21 4.20 3.86 3.32 2.94 2.66
3.93 3.61 3.29 2.98 4.06 3.69 3.28 2.98
130 A142 3.97 3.97 3.97 3.57 3.16 2.86 4.21 4.21 4.17 3.57 3.16 2.86
3.84 3.54 3.21 4.21 3.97 3.53 3.20
140 A142 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.83 3.38 3.05 4.10 4.10 4.10 3.83 3.38 3.05
3.86 3.75 3.43 4.10 3.78 3.42
150 A142 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.60 3.24 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.60 3.24
3.76 3.64 4.00 3.63
160 A142 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.43 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.81 3.43
3.67 3.90 3.84
175 A193 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.70
3.76
200 A193 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57
250 A252 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
*See diagram on page 37.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 39

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete Propped (Steel – 350N/mm2)
Gauge = 0.9mm Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
3.97 4.18
130 A142 4.55 3.77 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.55 3.98 ★ ★ ★ ★
4.20 3.68 4.45 3.84
140 A142 4.88 3.99 3.42 ★ ★ ★ 4.90 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★
4.90 4.41 3.90 3.46 4.69 4.06
150 A142 5.12 4.20 3.61 3.20 ★ ★ 5.25 4.41 3.80 ★ ★ ★
5.25 4.60 4.10 3.65 3.31 4.89 4.27 3.80
160 A142 5.34 4.40 3.79 3.36 3.03 ★ 5.58 4.60 3.97 3.53 ★ ★

Multideck 60
5.45 4.78 4.30 3.83 3.48 5.60 5.07 4.47 3.98 3.62
175 A193 5.64 4.67 4.04 3.58 3.24 ★ 5.88 4.88 4.22 3.76 3.40 ★
5.69 5.01 4.53 4.09 3.71 3.42 6.04 5.32 4.74 4.24 3.86 3.55
200 A193 5.70 5.08 4.41 3.93 3.56 3.27 6.24 5.29 4.61 4.11 3.73 3.43
5.35 4.87 4.47 4.07 3.76 5.68 5.16 4.63 4.22 3.89
250 A252 5.13 5.13 5.07 4.54 4.13 3.81 5.64 5.64 5.26 4.72 4.30 3.97
5.13 5.01 4.70 4.35 5.64 5.30 4.85 4.49
200 A193 6.03 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
6.39
250 A252 6.55 5.78 ★ ★ ★ ★ 6.94 5.99 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.89 5.40 6.24

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.20
130 A142 4.55 4.14 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.55 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.55 4.55
140 A142 4.90 4.36 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.90 4.36 ★ ★ ★ ★

Multideck 80
4.84 4.19 4.83 4.18
150 A142 5.25 4.57 3.94 ★ ★ ★ 5.25 4.57 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.07 4.40 3.92 5.06 4.39
160 A142 5.60 4.77 4.12 ★ ★ ★ 5.60 4.77 4.12 ★ ★ ★
5.29 4.60 4.10 5.28 4.59 4.10
175 A193 6.07 5.05 4.38 3.90 ★ ★ 6.06 5.05 4.38 3.90 ★ ★
6.12 5.59 4.88 4.36 3.97 3.66 6.12 5.58 4.87 4.35 3.96
200 A193 6.51 5.47 4.76 4.25 3.86 3.56 6.51 5.46 4.76 4.25 3.86 ★
6.71 5.96 5.30 4.75 4.33 4.00 6.98 6.04 5.29 4.75 4.33 4.00
250 A252 6.10 6.10 5.42 4.87 4.45 4.10 6.48 6.16 5.42 4.87 4.44 4.10
6.01 5.43 4.97 4.60 6.48 6.01 5.42 4.97 4.60
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 7.23 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 7.23 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
7.29 6.56 7.59 6.79
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
Permanent Support Temporary Support
*See diagram on page 37.
Multideck 146
40 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Load / Span Tables

Lightweight Concrete Unpropped (Steel – 350N/mm2)


Gauge = 0.9mm Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 3.46 3.23 3.00 2.99 2.65 2.39 3.64 3.34 3.03 3.00 2.81 2.54
3.00 2.99 2.71 3.00 2.85
130 A142 3.37 3.37 3.25 3.24 2.86 2.58 3.52 3.52 3.27 3.25 3.03 2.73
3.25 3.21 2.93 3.25 3.07
140 A142 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.07 2.77 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.24 2.92
3.28 3.14 3.42 3.28
150 A142 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 2.95 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.11
3.19 3.32
160 A142 3.11 3.11 3.11 3.11 3.11 3.11 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24
175 A193 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.01 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13
200 A193 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97
250 A252 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.74 2.74 2.74 2.74 2.74 2.74
120 A98 3.70 3.60 3.49 2.99 2.65 2.39 3.82 3.60 3.60 3.17 2.81 2.54
3.60 3.28 2.99 2.71 3.50 3.14 2.85
130 A142 3.63 3.63 3.63 3.24 2.86 2.58 3.93 3.90 3.90 3.43 3.03 2.73
3.50 3.23 2.93 3.72 3.39 3.07
140 A142 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.49 3.07 2.77 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.68 3.24 2.92
3.54 3.41 3.14 3.84 3.63 3.28
150 A142 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.28 2.95 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.45 3.11
3.45 3.34 3.75 3.49
160 A142 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.13 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.29
3.38 3.66
175 A193 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55
200 A193 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38
250 A252 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 3.74 3.42 3.11 3.00 2.94 2.66 3.82 3.46 3.15 3.00 2.94 2.66
3.00 2.95 3.00 2.95
130 A142 3.65 3.65 3.34 3.25 3.16 2.86 3.72 3.72 3.39 3.25 3.16 2.86
3.25 3.18 3.25 3.17
140 A142 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.50 3.38 3.05 3.64 3.64 3.63 3.50 3.38 3.05
3.50 3.39 3.50 3.39
150 A142 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.24 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.24
3.44 3.54
160 A142 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.43
3.45
175 A193 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34
200 A193 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17 3.17
250 A252 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92
120 A98 3.91 3.60 3.60 3.32 2.94 2.66 3.97 3.60 3.60 3.32 2.94 2.66
3.60 3.26 2.95 3.60 3.25 2.95
130 A142 4.21 3.90 3.90 3.57 3.16 2.86 4.27 3.90 3.90 3.57 3.16 2.86
3.90 3.51 3.18 3.90 3.50 3.17
140 A142 4.11 4.11 4.11 3.83 3.38 3.05 4.36 4.20 4.20 3.83 3.38 3.05
4.10 3.75 3.39 4.20 3.74 3.39
150 A142 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 3.60 3.24 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.07 3.60 3.24
3.98 3.60 4.26 3.98 3.60
160 A142 3.93 3.93 3.93 3.93 3.81 3.43 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 3.81 3.43
3.93 3.81 4.17 3.80
175 A193 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.70 4.04 4.04 4.04 4.04 4.04 3.70
3.81 4.04
200 A193 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
250 A252 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.53 3.53 3.53 3.53 3.53 3.53
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
*See diagram on page 37.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 41

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete Propped (Steel – 350N/mm2)
Gauge = 0.9mm Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
130 A142 3.94 3.90 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.06 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
3.75
140 A142 4.20 4.17 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.31 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★
4.20 3.98 4.15
150 A142 4.50 4.41 3.75 ★ ★ ★ 4.56 4.50 3.94 ★ ★ ★
4.50 4.21 3.72 4.38 3.87
160 A142 4.80 4.63 3.94 3.47 ★ ★ 4.81 4.80 4.14 ★ ★ ★
4.80 4.42 3.91 3.53 4.59 4.07

Multideck 60
175 A193 5.25 4.94 4.22 3.72 3.35 ★ 5.25 5.16 4.42 3.90 ★ ★
5.21 4.68 4.18 3.77 5.25 4.90 4.34 3.93
200 A193 6.00 5.42 4.65 4.10 3.70 3.38 6.00 5.64 4.84 4.28 3.87 3.54
5.59 5.04 4.56 3.94 3.47 5.93 5.34 4.76 4.11 3.62
250 A252 5.63 5.63 5.40 4.79 4.19 3.71 6.17 6.17 5.60 4.98 4.37 3.87
5.63 4.81 5.89 5.02
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 6.99 6.20 ★ ★ ★ ★ 7.40 6.47 ★ ★ ★ ★
6.57

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
120 A98 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
130 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
140 A142 4.41 4.20 ★ ★ ★ ★ 4.46 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.20
150 A142 4.66 4.50 4.09 ★ ★ ★ 4.72 4.50 ★ ★ ★ ★
4.50 4.50
160 A142 4.91 4.80 4.29 ★ ★ ★ 4.97 4.80 4.29 ★ ★ ★

Multideck 80
4.73 4.19 4.72
175 A193 5.28 5.25 4.57 4.04 ★ ★ 5.35 5.25 4.57 ★ ★ ★
5.04 4.47 4.05 5.03 4.46
200 A193 6.00 5.82 5.01 4.44 4.01 ★ 6.00 5.82 5.01 4.43 4.00 ★
6.00 5.51 4.90 4.27 3.75 6.00 5.50 4.89 4.39
250 A252 6.62 6.62 5.77 5.13 4.53 4.01 7.03 6.65 5.77 5.13 4.65 4.13
6.10 5.20 7.03 6.29 5.35 4.66
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 7.50 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 7.50 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
6.90 7.19
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
Permanent Support Temporary Support
*See diagram on page 37.
Multideck 146
42 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 43

Fire Resistance

Multideck 50
Fire Performance – Mesh
1 The fire resistance tables for Multideck 60-V2 on the Multideck 60-V2 profile
following pages are based upon fire test data from full Total applied load = 1.2 + 0.5 + 7.5/0.8 = 11.075kN/m2
scale tests performed at the Warrington Fire Research From table overleaf maximum span = 3.14m
Centre UK, April 1991.
11 The * denotes that the mesh provided, although satisfying
2 All stated slab depths comply with the minimum fire the fire resistance requirement, does not comply with
insulation criteria of BS 476: Part 20 1987. the minimum anti-crack reinforcement requirement of
3 The composite slab is assumed to be continuous over one or BS 5950: Part 4.
more intermediate supports. i.e. minimum double span. Refer to standard load / span tables for minimum mesh
4 For 2 hour rated slabs the mesh noted within the ‘End Span’ requirements.
table should be continuous over the first internal support, 12 For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables
with the mesh shown in the ‘Internal Span’ table being the Fire Engineering Method as detailed in the SCI Publication
applicable over the second internal support and 056 should be adopted or use Kingspan Toolkit Software.

Multideck 60
subsequent spans.
Please contact our Technical Services
5 Minimum laps should be 300mm for A142 mesh and 400mm Department for advice.
for A193 and A252 mesh.
See following pages for MD 60-V2 Fire
6 The mesh should be placed between 15 and 40mm from the Resistance Tables.
upper surface of the slab (this range caters for lap areas).
13 Multideck 60-V2 can be used with Dramix® Steel Fibre
7 The tables are based upon Grade 30 concrete, reinforcement Reinforcement as an alternative to conventional fire
having a yield strength of 460N/mm2. engineering using steel mesh (see pages 118 to 121).
8 The tables must be read in conjunction with load / span
tables for Multideck 60-V2 to verify the structural integrity
of the composite slab.
9 The values in all the tables are relevant to unpropped
construction. For propped and single span conditions use
the Kingspan Toolkit Software or contact Kingspan
Technical Services.
10 The tables take into account the reduced partial factor of
0.8 as permitted in BS 5950: Part 8 for non-permanent
imposed loads. The tables are presented in terms of total
specified imposed load (non-permanent and permanent).
It is assumed that the permanent imposed loads for
partitions, finishes, ceilings and services are equivalent to

Multideck 80
1.7kN/m2 in all cases. The tables are therefore appropriate
for office type applications.
For other applications where the imposed loads are almost
entirely permanent the total load should be adjusted
accordingly before reading from the tables, eg:
– 150mm normal weight concrete plantroom slab
and A142 mesh;
– 7.5kN/m2 live load;
– 1.2kN/m2 50mm screed finish 0.5kn/m2 ceilings
and services;
– 1 hour fire rating.
Multideck 146

Note:
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Kingspan Multideck design software should be used to check for a solution.
Toolkit Design Software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
44 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction


Fire Rating 1.0 hour Fire Rating 1.5 hours
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 A142 4.01 3.78 3.58 3.43 3.27 3.15 3.03 2.93 2.83 – – – – – – – – –
130 A193 4.33 4.08 3.87 3.70 3.53 3.40 3.27 3.17 3.06 – – – – – – – – –
130 A252 4.55 4.39 4.16 3.98 3.79 3.65 3.51 3.40 3.29 – – – – – – – – –
140 A142 4.18 3.94 3.74 3.58 3.42 3.30 3.17 3.07 2.97 3.65 3.44 3.27 3.13 2.99 2.89 2.78 2.70 2.61
140 A193 4.52 4.26 4.05 3.88 3.70 3.57 3.43 3.33 3.22 4.00 3.77 3.58 3.43 3.28 3.16 3.04 2.95 2.85
140 A252 4.87 4.59 4.36 4.17 3.98 3.84 3.69 3.58 3.46 4.35 4.10 3.89 3.73 3.56 3.43 3.30 3.20 3.10
150 A142 4.25 4.01 3.82 3.66 3.50 3.38 3.25 3.15 3.05 3.79 3.58 3.41 3.27 3.13 3.02 2.91 2.82 2.73
150 A193 4.60 4.34 4.13 3.96 3.78 3.65 3.52 3.41 3.30 4.16 3.94 3.74 3.59 3.43 3.31 3.19 3.09 2.99
150 A252 4.96 4.69 4.45 4.27 4.08 3.94 3.79 3.68 3.56 4.53 4.28 4.07 3.90 3.73 3.60 3.47 3.36 3.25
160 A142 4.30 4.07 3.87 3.72 3.56 3.44 3.31 3.21 3.11 3.85 3.65 3.48 3.34 3.19 3.08 2.97 2.88 2.79
160 A193 4.65 4.40 4.19 4.02 3.85 3.72 3.58 3.47 3.36 4.23 4.01 3.82 3.66 3.50 3.38 3.26 3.16 3.06
160 A252 5.02 4.75 4.52 4.34 4.15 4.01 3.86 3.74 3.62 4.61 4.37 4.16 3.99 3.82 3.69 3.55 3.45 3.34
175 A142 4.37 4.15 3.95 3.80 3.64 3.52 3.40 3.30 3.20 3.91 3.71 3.54 3.40 3.26 3.15 3.04 2.96 2.87
175 A193 4.72 4.48 4.28 4.11 3.94 3.81 3.67 3.57 3.46 4.29 4.07 3.88 3.73 3.58 3.46 3.34 3.24 3.14
175 A252 5.09 4.83 4.61 4.43 4.24 4.10 3.95 3.84 3.72 4.67 4.43 4.23 4.07 3.90 3.77 3.63 3.53 3.42
200 *A142 4.47 4.26 4.07 3.92 3.77 3.65 3.53 3.43 3.33 3.99 3.80 3.64 3.51 3.37 3.26 3.15 3.07 2.98
200 A193 4.83 4.60 4.40 4.24 4.07 3.94 3.81 3.70 3.59 4.37 4.17 3.99 3.84 3.69 3.57 3.45 3.36 3.26
200 A252 5.20 4.95 4.74 4.56 4.38 4.24 4.10 3.99 3.87 4.76 4.54 4.34 4.18 4.02 3.89 3.76 3.66 3.55
250 *A142 4.63 4.43 4.26 4.12 3.98 3.86 3.74 3.65 3.55 4.11 3.94 3.79 3.67 3.54 3.44 3.33 3.25 3.16
250 *A193 4.99 4.78 4.60 4.45 4.29 4.16 4.03 3.93 3.82 4.50 4.31 4.15 4.01 3.87 3.76 3.64 3.55 3.45
250 A252 5.36 5.14 4.94 4.78 4.61 4.48 4.34 4.23 4.11 4.89 4.69 4.51 4.36 4.21 4.09 3.96 3.86 3.75

Fire Rating 2.0 hours – End Span Fire Rating 2.0 hours – Internal Span
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
130 A193 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
130 A252 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
140 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
140 A193 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
140 A252 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
150 A142 3.36 3.18 3.03 2.91 2.78 2.68 2.58 2.50 2.42 4.05 3.83 3.64 3.49 3.34 3.22 3.10 3.01 2.91
150 A193 3.74 3.54 3.36 3.22 3.08 2.98 2.87 2.78 2.69 4.53 4.28 4.07 3.90 3.73 3.60 3.47 3.36 3.25
150 A252 4.11 3.89 3.70 3.55 3.39 3.27 3.15 3.05 2.95 5.00 4.73 4.49 4.31 4.12 3.97 3.82 3.71 3.59
160 A142 3.48 3.30 3.14 3.02 2.89 2.79 2.69 2.61 2.53 4.24 4.01 3.82 3.67 3.51 3.39 3.27 3.17 3.07
160 A193 3.88 3.67 3.50 3.36 3.21 3.10 2.99 2.90 2.81 4.76 4.51 4.29 4.12 3.94 3.80 3.66 3.55 3.44
160 A252 4.27 4.05 3.85 3.70 3.54 3.42 3.29 3.19 3.09 5.27 4.99 4.75 4.56 4.36 4.21 4.05 3.93 3.81
175 A142 3.52 3.35 3.19 3.07 2.95 2.85 2.75 2.67 2.59 4.34 4.12 3.93 3.78 3.62 3.50 3.38 3.28 3.18
175 A193 3.93 3.73 3.56 3.42 3.28 3.17 3.06 2.97 2.88 4.89 4.64 4.43 4.26 4.08 3.94 3.80 3.69 3.58
175 A252 4.33 4.11 3.92 3.77 3.62 3.50 3.37 3.27 3.17 5.42 5.15 4.91 4.72 4.52 4.37 4.21 4.09 3.96
200 *A142 3.59 3.42 3.27 3.15 3.03 2.94 2.84 2.76 2.68 4.49 4.28 4.10 3.95 3.79 3.67 3.55 3.45 3.35
200 A193 4.00 3.81 3.65 3.52 3.38 3.27 3.16 3.07 2.98 5.07 4.83 4.62 4.45 4.27 4.14 4.00 3.89 3.77
200 A252 4.41 4.20 4.02 3.87 3.72 3.60 3.48 3.38 3.28 5.63 5.37 5.13 4.94 4.75 4.60 4.44 4.32 4.19
250 *A142 3.68 3.53 3.39 3.28 3.17 3.08 2.98 2.91 2.83 4.72 4.52 4.35 4.21 4.06 3.94 3.82 3.72 3.62
250 *A193 4.10 3.93 3.78 3.66 3.53 3.43 3.32 3.24 3.15 5.34 5.11 4.92 4.76 4.59 4.46 4.32 4.21 4.09
250 A252 4.52 4.33 4.16 4.03 3.89 3.78 3.66 3.57 3.47 5.95 5.70 5.48 5.30 5.11 4.96 4.81 4.69 4.56
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 45

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 1.0 hour Fire Rating 1.5 hours
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
120 A142 3.60 3.60 3.56 3.39 3.22 3.10 2.97 2.87 2.77 – – – – – – – – –
120 A193 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.54 3.48 3.35 3.21 3.10 2.99 – – – – – – – – –
120 A252 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.53 3.45 3.34 3.22 – – – – – – – – –
130 A142 3.90 3.90 3.76 3.59 3.41 3.28 3.14 3.04 2.94 3.80 3.56 3.36 3.21 3.05 2.94 2.82 2.73 2.63
130 A193 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.80 3.69 3.55 3.41 3.30 3.18 3.90 3.90 3.70 3.53 3.35 3.22 3.09 2.99 2.89
130 A252 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.79 3.67 3.55 3.42 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.78 3.65 3.51 3.37 3.26 3.14
140 A142 4.20 4.12 3.90 3.72 3.54 3.41 3.27 3.17 3.06 3.98 3.74 3.54 3.38 3.21 3.09 2.97 2.88 2.78
140 A193 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.03 3.85 3.70 3.55 3.44 3.32 4.20 4.12 3.89 3.72 3.54 3.41 3.27 3.16 3.05

Multideck 60
140 A252 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.18 4.16 4.00 3.84 3.71 3.58 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.03 3.86 3.71 3.56 3.45 3.33
150 A142 4.46 4.20 3.97 3.80 3.62 3.49 3.35 3.24 3.13 4.04 3.80 3.60 3.44 3.28 3.16 3.03 2.94 2.84
150 A193 4.50 4.50 4.31 4.12 3.93 3.79 3.63 3.51 3.39 4.45 4.19 3.96 3.79 3.61 3.48 3.34 3.23 3.12
150 A252 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.37 4.24 4.08 3.92 3.79 3.66 4.50 4.50 4.33 4.14 3.94 3.80 3.65 3.53 3.41
160 A142 4.53 4.26 4.04 3.87 3.69 3.56 3.42 3.31 3.20 4.09 3.85 3.65 3.50 3.34 3.22 3.09 2.99 2.89
160 A193 4.80 4.63 4.38 4.19 4.00 3.85 3.70 3.59 3.47 4.51 4.24 4.02 3.85 3.67 3.54 3.40 3.29 3.18
160 A252 4.80 4.80 4.73 4.52 4.31 4.15 3.99 3.87 3.74 4.80 4.64 4.39 4.20 4.01 3.86 3.71 3.59 3.47
175 *A142 4.62 4.36 4.14 3.97 3.79 3.65 3.51 3.40 3.29 4.16 3.93 3.73 3.57 3.41 3.29 3.17 3.07 2.97
175 A193 5.00 4.72 4.48 4.29 4.10 3.95 3.80 3.69 3.57 4.58 4.32 4.10 3.93 3.75 3.62 3.48 3.38 3.27
175 A252 5.25 5.09 4.83 4.63 4.42 4.26 4.10 3.97 3.84 5.00 4.72 4.48 4.29 4.10 3.95 3.80 3.69 3.57
200 *A142 4.74 4.49 4.28 4.11 3.93 3.80 3.66 3.55 3.44 4.26 4.03 3.84 3.69 3.53 3.41 3.29 3.19 3.09
200 A193 5.13 4.86 4.63 4.44 4.25 4.11 3.96 3.84 3.72 4.68 4.43 4.22 4.05 3.88 3.75 3.61 3.50 3.39
200 A252 5.53 5.24 4.99 4.79 4.58 4.42 4.26 4.13 4.00 5.11 4.84 4.61 4.42 4.23 4.09 3.94 3.82 3.70
250 *A142 4.94 4.71 4.51 4.35 4.18 4.05 3.91 3.80 3.69 4.41 4.21 4.03 3.88 3.73 3.61 3.49 3.40 3.30
250 *A193 5.34 5.09 4.87 4.69 4.51 4.37 4.22 4.10 3.98 4.84 4.61 4.42 4.26 4.09 3.96 3.83 3.72 3.61
250 A252 5.74 5.47 5.24 5.05 4.85 4.69 4.53 4.41 4.28 5.28 5.03 4.81 4.64 4.46 4.32 4.17 4.05 3.93

Fire Rating 2.0 hours – End Span Fire Rating 2.0 hours – Internal Span
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh

Multideck 80
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
120 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
120 A193 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
120 A252 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
130 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
130 A193 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
130 A252 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
140 A142 3.60 3.38 3.19 3.05 2.91 2.80 2.69 2.60 2.51 4.20 4.10 3.87 3.70 3.52 3.39 3.25 3.15 3.04
140 A193 4.02 3.77 3.56 3.40 3.24 3.12 3.00 2.90 2.80 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.08 3.96 3.81 3.66 3.54 3.42
140 A252 4.20 4.16 3.93 3.75 3.57 3.44 3.30 3.19 3.08 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.13 4.05 3.92 3.78
150 A142 3.71 3.49 3.30 3.16 3.01 2.90 2.79 2.70 2.61 4.50 4.28 4.05 3.87 3.69 3.55 3.41 3.30 3.19
150 A193 4.15 3.91 3.70 3.54 3.37 3.25 3.12 3.02 2.92 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.34 4.17 4.01 3.85 3.73 3.60
150 A252 4.50 4.31 4.08 3.90 3.72 3.58 3.44 3.33 3.22 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.39 4.27 4.13 3.99
160 A142 3.75 3.53 3.35 3.21 3.06 2.95 2.83 2.74 2.65 4.64 4.37 4.14 3.96 3.78 3.64 3.50 3.39 3.27
160 A193 4.20 3.95 3.75 3.59 3.42 3.30 3.17 3.07 2.97 4.80 4.80 4.68 4.47 4.26 4.11 3.95 3.82 3.69
160 A252 4.64 4.36 4.14 3.96 3.77 3.64 3.50 3.39 3.27 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.77 4.74 4.56 4.38 4.24 4.10
175 *A142 3.80 3.59 3.41 3.27 3.12 3.01 2.90 2.81 2.72 4.75 4.48 4.26 4.08 3.89 3.75 3.61 3.50 3.39
175 A193 4.25 4.01 3.81 3.65 3.49 3.37 3.24 3.14 3.04 5.25 5.07 4.81 4.61 4.40 4.24 4.08 3.96 3.83
175 A252 4.70 4.43 4.21 4.03 3.85 3.71 3.57 3.46 3.35 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.08 4.90 4.72 4.54 4.40 4.25
200 *A142 3.87 3.67 3.49 3.35 3.21 3.10 2.99 2.90 2.81 4.91 4.65 4.43 4.25 4.07 3.93 3.79 3.68 3.56
Multideck 146

200 A193 4.33 4.10 3.91 3.75 3.59 3.47 3.34 3.24 3.14 5.56 5.27 5.02 4.82 4.61 4.45 4.29 4.16 4.03
200 A252 4.78 4.53 4.31 4.14 3.96 3.83 3.69 3.58 3.47 6.00 5.87 5.59 5.36 5.13 4.95 4.77 4.63 4.48
250 *A142 3.99 3.80 3.64 3.51 3.37 3.27 3.16 3.07 2.98 5.17 4.92 4.71 4.54 4.36 4.22 4.08 3.97 3.85
250 *A193 4.45 4.24 4.06 3.91 3.76 3.64 3.52 3.42 3.32 5.86 5.58 5.34 5.14 4.94 4.79 4.63 4.50 4.36
250 A252 4.91 4.68 4.48 4.32 4.15 4.02 3.88 3.77 3.66 6.55 6.24 5.97 5.75 5.52 5.34 5.16 5.02 4.87
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
46 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 30kg/m3 3D-65/60-BG*


1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 3.52 3.16 3.02 2.81 2.68 2.49 2.32 3.58 3.22 3.08 2.87 2.74 2.56 2.40
140 3.80 3.43 3.27 3.04 2.86 2.64 2.46 3.85 3.47 3.33 3.09 2.93 2.71 2.52
150 4.08 3.67 3.49 3.20 3.00 2.77 2.58 4.13 3.74 3.56 3.29 3.09 2.85 2.65
160 4.39 3.91 3.70 3.37 3.18 2.93 2.74 4.43 3.99 3.79 3.46 3.25 3.00 2.81
170 4.63 4.09 3.85 3.51 3.31 3.06 2.86 4.68 4.18 3.94 3.60 3.40 3.14 2.93
180 4.89 4.26 4.01 3.68 3.47 3.21 3.00 4.96 4.36 4.11 3.75 3.54 3.28 3.07
190 5.11 4.43 4.18 3.83 3.62 3.36 3.15 5.21 4.55 4.29 3.93 3.72 3.44 3.22
200 5.30 4.61 4.36 4.00 3.79 3.51 3.29 5.40 4.71 4.44 4.08 3.86 3.58 3.36
210 5.46 4.77 4.51 4.15 3.93 3.65 3.43 5.56 4.86 4.60 4.23 4.00 3.72 3.50
220 5.62 4.93 4.67 4.31 4.08 3.80 3.57 5.72 5.01 4.75 4.38 4.15 3.86 3.63
230 5.77 5.08 4.82 4.46 4.23 3.93 3.70 5.87 5.18 4.91 4.54 4.30 4.01 3.77
240 5.94 5.25 4.99 4.62 4.39 4.09 3.85 6.03 5.33 5.06 4.68 4.45 4.15 3.90
250 6.11 5.42 5.15 4.78 4.54 4.24 4.00 6.18 5.48 5.22 4.83 4.60 4.29 4.04

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 3.61 3.25 3.12 2.92 2.79 2.61 2.45 3.66 3.29 3.16 2.97 2.83 2.66 2.51
140 3.90 3.53 3.39 3.15 3.00 2.79 2.60 3.94 3.58 3.44 3.22 3.07 2.86 2.67
150 4.20 3.82 3.64 3.38 3.19 2.94 2.75 4.23 3.85 3.68 3.43 3.25 3.00 2.80
160 4.47 4.04 3.85 3.54 3.33 3.08 2.87 4.51 4.10 3.91 3.62 3.41 3.15 2.94
170 4.74 4.27 4.04 3.69 3.48 3.22 3.00 4.79 4.34 4.13 3.78 3.56 3.29 3.08
180 5.01 4.46 4.19 3.84 3.62 3.36 3.14 5.06 4.55 4.29 3.93 3.70 3.43 3.21
190 5.25 4.61 4.36 4.00 3.77 3.50 3.28 5.32 4.72 4.44 4.08 3.86 3.58 3.35
200 5.47 4.78 4.51 4.15 3.93 3.65 3.42 5.55 4.87 4.60 4.23 4.00 3.71 3.48
210 5.66 4.94 4.68 4.31 4.08 3.79 3.56 5.76 5.04 4.76 4.39 4.15 3.86 3.62
220 5.81 5.10 4.83 4.46 4.22 3.93 3.69 5.90 5.18 4.90 4.53 4.29 3.99 3.75
230 5.96 5.25 4.98 4.61 4.37 4.07 3.83 6.04 5.32 5.04 4.66 4.43 4.12 3.87
240 6.11 5.40 5.13 4.75 4.51 4.21 3.96 6.18 5.47 5.19 4.81 4.57 4.26 4.00
250 6.27 5.56 5.29 4.90 4.66 4.36 4.10 6.33 5.61 5.34 4.96 4.72 4.40 4.15
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 30kg/m3 RC-65/60-BN.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 47

Multideck 50
Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 30kg/m3 3D-65/60-BG*
1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
140 3.19 2.83 2.68 2.47 2.32 2.14 1.99 3.25 2.87 2.73 2.53 2.38 2.19 2.04
150 3.47 3.05 2.89 2.63 2.47 2.28 2.13 3.54 3.11 2.95 2.70 2.54 2.34 2.18
160 3.73 3.27 3.07 2.79 2.63 2.43 2.27 3.80 3.33 3.14 2.86 2.70 2.49 2.33
170 3.98 3.46 3.25 2.97 2.79 2.58 2.42 4.04 3.52 3.31 3.02 2.85 2.64 2.47
180 4.17 3.61 3.40 3.11 2.93 2.72 2.54 4.23 3.68 3.46 3.17 2.99 2.77 2.59
190 4.36 3.78 3.56 3.27 3.09 2.86 2.68 4.43 3.84 3.62 3.33 3.15 2.91 2.73

Multideck 60
200 4.54 3.95 3.73 3.43 3.25 3.01 2.83 4.61 4.01 3.79 3.48 3.29 3.06 2.87
210 4.72 4.12 3.90 3.60 3.40 3.17 2.97 4.76 4.16 3.94 3.63 3.43 3.19 3.00
220 4.86 4.27 4.04 3.73 3.54 3.29 3.09 4.93 4.33 4.10 3.79 3.59 3.34 3.14
230 5.03 4.43 4.20 3.88 3.68 3.43 3.22 5.09 4.48 4.25 3.93 3.73 3.48 3.27
240 5.16 4.57 4.33 4.02 3.82 3.56 3.35 5.23 4.62 4.40 4.07 3.86 3.61 3.40
250 5.33 4.72 4.50 4.17 3.97 3.70 3.49 5.36 4.75 4.52 4.19 3.99 3.72 3.50

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
140 3.30 2.93 2.78 2.58 2.43 2.24 2.09 3.34 2.97 2.82 2.61 2.48 2.28 2.13
150 3.58 3.17 3.00 2.76 2.60 2.40 2.23 3.63 3.22 3.06 2.82 2.65 2.44 2.28
160 3.86 3.40 3.21 2.93 2.75 2.54 2.38 3.90 3.44 3.26 2.98 2.80 2.59 2.42
170 4.10 3.58 3.37 3.08 2.90 2.68 2.51 4.15 3.65 3.43 3.14 2.96 2.73 2.55
180 4.31 3.75 3.53 3.23 3.05 2.83 2.65 4.36 3.81 3.58 3.29 3.10 2.87 2.68
190 4.50 3.91 3.69 3.39 3.20 2.97 2.78 4.56 3.97 3.75 3.44 3.25 3.01 2.83
200 4.68 4.08 3.85 3.54 3.35 3.11 2.91 4.75 4.13 3.90 3.59 3.40 3.15 2.96
210 4.86 4.24 4.01 3.70 3.50 3.25 3.05 4.92 4.29 4.07 3.75 3.55 3.30 3.10

Multideck 80
220 5.00 4.39 4.15 3.83 3.64 3.39 3.18 5.06 4.44 4.21 3.89 3.68 3.43 3.22
230 5.15 4.54 4.31 3.98 3.78 3.52 3.31 5.22 4.60 4.36 4.04 3.83 3.57 3.36
240 5.29 4.68 4.44 4.12 3.91 3.65 3.43 5.36 4.74 4.50 4.17 3.96 3.69 3.47
250 5.41 4.80 4.57 4.24 4.03 3.76 3.54 5.47 4.86 4.62 4.29 4.08 3.81 3.58
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 30kg/m3 RC-65/60-BN. Multideck 146
48 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*


1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 3.66 3.06 2.85 2.59 2.42 2.23 2.08 4.19 3.49 3.26 2.95 2.77 2.54 2.37
140 3.80 3.20 2.99 2.72 2.56 2.35 2.20 4.30 3.61 3.38 3.06 2.88 2.65 2.47
150 3.94 3.34 3.13 2.84 2.68 2.48 2.31 4.41 3.74 3.50 3.18 2.99 2.76 2.58
160 4.07 3.48 3.26 2.98 2.81 2.59 2.43 4.53 3.86 3.62 3.31 3.11 2.87 2.69
170 4.20 3.60 3.39 3.10 2.93 2.71 2.54 4.62 3.96 3.72 3.40 3.21 2.97 2.78
180 4.33 3.73 3.52 3.23 3.05 2.83 2.65 4.73 4.08 3.83 3.52 3.32 3.07 2.88
190 4.45 3.86 3.64 3.34 3.16 2.94 2.75 4.83 4.18 3.95 3.62 3.42 3.18 2.98
200 4.58 3.99 3.77 3.48 3.29 3.06 2.87 4.93 4.29 4.06 3.73 3.53 3.28 3.08
210 4.70 4.11 3.89 3.59 3.41 3.16 2.98 5.04 4.40 4.17 3.84 3.64 3.38 3.18
220 4.84 4.25 4.03 3.72 3.53 3.29 3.09 5.15 4.52 4.29 3.96 3.76 3.49 3.29
230 4.95 4.37 4.14 3.84 3.64 3.40 3.20 5.23 4.61 4.37 4.05 3.84 3.59 3.38
240 5.06 4.48 4.26 3.95 3.75 3.50 3.30 5.35 4.73 4.50 4.16 3.96 3.70 3.48
250 5.16 4.59 4.37 4.05 3.86 3.61 3.40 5.44 4.84 4.60 4.27 4.06 3.80 3.58

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
130 4.74 3.94 3.67 3.30 3.11 2.86 2.66 4.95 4.11 3.83 3.46 3.24 2.98 2.77
140 4.82 4.04 3.77 3.40 3.21 2.95 2.75 5.14 4.31 4.02 3.65 3.43 3.16 2.95
150 4.89 4.13 3.87 3.50 3.30 3.04 2.84 5.30 4.48 4.20 3.81 3.59 3.31 3.09
160 4.99 4.24 3.98 3.61 3.42 3.15 2.94 5.43 4.62 4.34 3.96 3.73 3.45 3.22
170 5.06 4.34 4.08 3.71 3.51 3.25 3.03 5.57 4.77 4.48 4.10 3.87 3.58 3.35
180 5.14 4.43 4.17 3.80 3.60 3.33 3.12 5.69 4.90 4.62 4.23 3.99 3.70 3.47
190 5.22 4.52 4.26 3.90 3.70 3.43 3.21 5.79 5.02 4.73 4.35 4.12 3.82 3.58
200 5.30 4.62 4.36 3.99 3.80 3.53 3.31 5.91 5.15 4.86 4.48 4.23 3.94 3.70
210 5.38 4.70 4.45 4.09 3.89 3.61 3.40 6.01 5.26 4.98 4.59 4.34 4.05 3.80
220 5.49 4.81 4.56 4.20 3.99 3.72 3.49 6.10 5.37 5.09 4.70 4.45 4.15 3.90
230 5.57 4.90 4.66 4.29 4.09 3.81 3.58 6.20 5.47 5.19 4.80 4.56 4.25 4.00
240 5.65 5.00 4.75 4.39 4.18 3.90 3.67 6.29 5.57 5.30 4.91 4.66 4.35 4.10
250 5.74 5.10 4.84 4.49 4.28 4.00 3.76 6.38 5.67 5.40 5.01 4.77 4.45 4.20
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 49

Multideck 50
Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*
1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
140 3.50 2.95 2.76 2.51 2.36 2.17 2.03 3.67 3.09 2.89 2.63 2.47 2.27 2.12
150 3.64 3.09 2.89 2.64 2.48 2.30 2.14 3.79 3.21 3.01 2.74 2.59 2.39 2.23
160 3.78 3.23 3.03 2.77 2.61 2.41 2.26 3.93 3.35 3.14 2.88 2.71 2.51 2.35
170 3.91 3.36 3.16 2.89 2.73 2.53 2.37 4.05 3.47 3.27 2.99 2.82 2.61 2.45
180 4.03 3.48 3.28 3.01 2.84 2.64 2.47 4.17 3.60 3.39 3.12 2.94 2.73 2.56
190 4.16 3.61 3.41 3.13 2.96 2.75 2.58 4.29 3.73 3.51 3.23 3.06 2.84 2.66

Multideck 60
200 4.27 3.73 3.52 3.24 3.07 2.86 2.68 4.40 3.83 3.62 3.34 3.16 2.94 2.76
210 4.41 3.86 3.66 3.37 3.20 2.98 2.80 4.52 3.96 3.75 3.46 3.28 3.05 2.87
220 4.52 3.97 3.77 3.48 3.31 3.08 2.89 4.64 4.07 3.86 3.57 3.39 3.16 2.97
230 4.65 4.10 3.90 3.61 3.42 3.20 3.01 4.76 4.21 3.99 3.70 3.51 3.27 3.08
240 4.76 4.21 4.01 3.71 3.53 3.30 3.11 4.87 4.31 4.10 3.80 3.62 3.37 3.18
250 4.88 4.34 4.13 3.83 3.65 3.41 3.21 4.99 4.43 4.22 3.92 3.73 3.48 3.29

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
140 3.83 3.22 3.02 2.74 2.57 2.37 2.21 3.85 3.23 3.02 2.74 2.58 2.37 2.22
150 3.94 3.34 3.14 2.86 2.69 2.48 2.32 4.06 3.44 3.22 2.93 2.76 2.55 2.38
160 4.08 3.48 3.26 2.98 2.81 2.60 2.43 4.23 3.61 3.39 3.09 2.91 2.70 2.52
170 4.20 3.61 3.39 3.11 2.93 2.71 2.54 4.38 3.77 3.54 3.24 3.05 2.83 2.65
180 4.31 3.72 3.51 3.21 3.04 2.82 2.64 4.51 3.89 3.67 3.37 3.18 2.95 2.77
190 4.43 3.84 3.63 3.33 3.15 2.92 2.74 4.63 4.02 3.80 3.48 3.30 3.06 2.87
200 4.54 3.95 3.74 3.44 3.26 3.03 2.84 4.75 4.14 3.91 3.61 3.41 3.18 2.98
210 4.65 4.07 3.86 3.56 3.37 3.14 2.95 4.87 4.26 4.03 3.73 3.53 3.29 3.09

Multideck 80
220 4.76 4.19 3.96 3.66 3.47 3.24 3.05 4.97 4.37 4.14 3.83 3.63 3.39 3.19
230 4.86 4.29 4.07 3.77 3.58 3.34 3.15 5.09 4.48 4.26 3.95 3.75 3.50 3.29
240 4.98 4.42 4.19 3.89 3.70 3.45 3.26 5.20 4.60 4.37 4.05 3.86 3.60 3.40
250 5.08 4.52 4.29 3.99 3.80 3.55 3.35 5.29 4.70 4.48 4.16 3.96 3.70 3.49
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN. Multideck 146
50 Structural Steel Products Multideck 60

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*


2.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 0.9mm Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
155 3.50 2.98 2.80 2.56 2.41 2.23 2.08 3.61 3.07 2.88 2.63 2.48 2.29 2.14
165 3.64 3.12 2.93 2.68 2.53 2.34 2.20 3.74 3.20 3.01 2.75 2.60 2.41 2.25
175 3.76 3.23 3.05 2.80 2.64 2.45 2.29 3.87 3.33 3.13 2.88 2.71 2.52 2.36
185 3.91 3.38 3.20 2.93 2.77 2.58 2.41 4.00 3.46 3.27 3.00 2.84 2.63 2.47
195 4.02 3.50 3.31 3.04 2.88 2.67 2.51 4.12 3.58 3.38 3.11 2.95 2.73 2.57
205 4.15 3.63 3.43 3.16 2.99 2.79 2.62 4.24 3.70 3.51 3.23 3.06 2.85 2.68
215 4.27 3.74 3.55 3.27 3.11 2.89 2.72 4.36 3.82 3.63 3.34 3.17 2.95 2.78
225 4.40 3.88 3.67 3.40 3.23 3.01 2.83 4.48 3.94 3.74 3.46 3.28 3.06 2.88
235 4.51 3.99 3.79 3.51 3.34 3.12 2.94 4.59 4.06 3.86 3.58 3.40 3.17 2.99
245 4.63 4.10 3.91 3.63 3.45 3.22 3.03 4.71 4.18 3.98 3.69 3.51 3.28 3.09
255 4.73 4.21 4.01 3.73 3.55 3.32 3.13 4.81 4.28 4.08 3.79 3.61 3.38 3.19

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
155 3.71 3.16 2.97 2.70 2.55 2.36 2.20 3.79 3.21 3.01 2.73 2.58 2.38 2.23
165 3.84 3.30 3.09 2.83 2.67 2.47 2.31 4.01 3.41 3.20 2.92 2.76 2.55 2.38
175 3.96 3.41 3.21 2.95 2.78 2.58 2.41 4.16 3.57 3.36 3.08 2.91 2.69 2.52
185 4.10 3.55 3.34 3.07 2.91 2.70 2.53 4.32 3.73 3.52 3.23 3.05 2.83 2.65
195 4.21 3.66 3.46 3.19 3.02 2.81 2.63 4.45 3.86 3.65 3.35 3.17 2.95 2.77
205 4.34 3.79 3.58 3.31 3.13 2.91 2.73 4.55 3.98 3.76 3.46 3.28 3.05 2.87
215 4.46 3.91 3.71 3.42 3.25 3.02 2.84 4.67 4.09 3.87 3.58 3.39 3.16 2.97
225 4.56 4.02 3.81 3.52 3.34 3.12 2.94 4.77 4.20 3.98 3.68 3.49 3.26 3.06
235 4.68 4.14 3.94 3.65 3.46 3.23 3.05 4.87 4.30 4.09 3.79 3.60 3.36 3.16
245 4.79 4.25 4.04 3.75 3.57 3.34 3.14 4.99 4.42 4.20 3.90 3.71 3.47 3.27
255 4.89 4.36 4.15 3.86 3.67 3.44 3.24 5.10 4.53 4.31 4.01 3.82 3.57 3.37
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
Multideck 60 Structural Steel Products 51

Sound Attenuation

Multideck 50
Predicted Site Acoustic Performance of Floors with Multideck 60-V2
Predicted Acoustic Performance DnT,w + Ctr (dB) for Airborne Sound
Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
120 33 to 37 46 to 50 45 to 49 46 to 50 45 to 49
130 34 to 38 47 to 51 46 to 50 47 to 51 46 to 50
140 35 to 39 48 to 52 47 to 51 48 to 52 47 to 51
150 36 to 40 49 to 53 48 to 52 49 to 53 48 to 52
160 37 to 41 50 to 54 49 to 53 50 to 54 49 to 53
170 38 to 42 51 to 55 50 to 54 51 to 55 50 to 54

Multideck 60
175 39 to 43 52 to 56 51 to 55 52 to 56 51 to 55
200 41 to 45 54 to 58 53 to 57 54 to 58 53 to 57
250 45 to 49 58 to 62 57 to 61 58 to 62 57 to 61

Predicted Acoustic Performance L’nT,w (dB) for Impact Sound


Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
120 to 250 76 to 80 68 to 72 51 to 55 53 to 57 48 to 52
Notes:
The tables are based on a minimum concrete density of 2350kgs/m3 and can be used with mesh or Dramix reinforcement.
Lightweight concrete may lead to a reduction in acoustic performance of about 2 to 3 dB on the values shown above.
Values of DnT,w and Lnw are available from Kingspan Structural Technical Department.
The junction details between the walls and floors must be appropriately detailed to ensure that flanking sound is minimised.
The values in the table are based on the new (since 2003) measurement index DnT,w+Ctr for airborne sound. The Ctr term is a spectrum adaptation value which is generally
negative and adjusts the index to take account of low frequency sounds that often cause problems in residential buildings. Thus the DnT,w +Ctr rating is lower than the DnT,w
rating for the same construction.
Kingspan Insulated Panels’ Structural Products & Systems sub-division is a member of The Steel Construction Institute and has undertaken extensive testing on the accoustic
performance of the Multideck range of composite steel slabs. The testing was carried out on behalf of Kingspan by The Steel Construction Institute and resulted in a
comprehensive report: ‘Acoustic Performance of Kingspan Composite Floors’, copies of which can be obtained from our Technical Services Department.

Multideck 80
Multideck 146
52 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Multideck 80

Contents

Product Data 54 Load / Span Tables 57 Fire Resistance Sound Attenuation 66


Load / Span Tables 62
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 53

Introduction

Multideck 50
Multideck 80-V2 is designed to incorporate all Multideck 80-V2 Floor Decking System
the advantages of the Multideck 60-V2 but in The efficient shape of the deck and resulting composite slab
a deeper profile to provide longer spans up to make an excellent option for composite beam design.
Key benefits include:
5.4m unpropped.
– Concrete Volume Savings
Due to its unique profile Multideck 80-V2 requires less
concrete than other decks to achieve any given slab
thickness. Key benefits include:
– Quicker Installation
No temporary supports required under most conditions.
A wide range of accessories allows for easy installation
of ceilings and services.
– Technical Support

Multideck 60
Kingspan Toolkit software includes comprehensive
composite floor design software which allows the user
to easily select the right Multideck solution. The design
software is available for download from the web site
www.kingspanstructural.com.
The Multideck design department provides a comprehensive
engineering and advisory service to specifiers and end users
on the use of the Multideck range of composite decks.

Multideck 80
Multideck 146
54 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Product Data

Material Specification – 350N/mm2 Steel Concrete Volumes and Specification


Steel strip for Multideck 80-V2 complies with BS EN 10143 and Load / span tables are based on Grade C25/30 concrete, having
BS EN 10346 with a guaranteed minimum yield strength a design strength of 30N/mm2.
of 350N/mm2 and a minimum total coating mass
Density of normal weight concrete: 2400kg/m3 at wet stage.
(including both sides) of 275g/m2.
Density of lightweight concrete: 1900kg/m3 at wet stage.
All concrete used with Multideck in the construction of
composite slabs should comply with the recommendations
in BS 8110: 1997.

Rake Cutting Embossments


Pre-delivery cutting of sections is available. Please contact our Raised diagonal embossments in opposite directions on each
Sales Department for details. face of the webs of the decking provide the mechanical
connection between the steel and the hardened concrete.

Reinforcement References
Reinforcement of the slab to control cracking in the concrete Engineers are advised to consult SCI / MCRMA Technical
at all intermediate supports is required in BS 5950: Part 4 Paper 13 ‘Composite Slabs and Beams using Steel Decking:
1994. Steel reinforcement for crack control or fire engineering Best Practice for Design and Construction’.
purposes in accordance with British Standards: Hot rolled bars
– BS 4449; Mesh reinforcement – BS 4483. A reinforced solution
using Dramix® Steel Fibres from Bekaert is available, see pages
118 to 121 for details.

Profile and Dimensions (mm)

900 cover width

131 300

53 nominal

gauge
9

80.5
66˚
26 22

51 102 198 50

Gauge: 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2mm


Maximum length: 12 metres
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 55

Multideck 50
Section Properties per Metre Width
Height to Neutral Second Moment Ultimate Moment
Normal Thickness Self Weight Steel Area
Axis Sagging of Area Capacity (kNm/m)
(mm) (mm2/m)
(kg/m2) (kN/m2) (mm) (cm4/m) Sagging Hogging
1.00 11.49 0.113 42.50 mm 171.3 1413.00 12.62 9.94
1.10 12.64 0.124 43.10 mm 190.6 1560.00 14.39 11.33
1.20 13.83 0.136 45.00 mm 208.6 1705.33 16.42 12.73

Multideck 60
Volume and Weight of Composite Slabs on Multideck 80-V2
Weight (kN/m2)
Slab Depth Concrete Volume
Normal Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete
(mm) (m3/m2)
Wet Dry Wet Dry
130 0.082 1.984 1.944 1.577 1.496
140 0.092 2.220 2.174 1.764 1.672
150 0.102 2.455 2.405 1.950 1.849
160 0.112 2.691 2.635 2.136 2.026
175 0.127 3.044 2.981 2.416 2.290
200 0.152 3.633 3.557 2.882 2.732
250 0.202 4.810 4.710 3.814 3.615

Multideck 80

Notes:
Multideck 146

1. Important – concrete volumes do not take into account deflection.


2. Excludes weight of steel decking and relates only to weight of concrete.
3. Concrete volumes are based upon a calculated minimum value (nominal slab depth).
Account should be taken of deck and supporting structure deflections.
56 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 57

Load / Span Tables

Multideck 50
Load / Span Tables
When using load tables for Multideck 80-V2 please take into consideration the following notes:
1 The table shows the maximum span in meters of the Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge of
Multideck product for the applied loads and slab depths the concrete slab in a zone of 15mm to 40mm from the top
shown. Values are shown for each gauge where the deck surface. Concrete cover to reinforcement should be increased
is single span or double spans, plus values for propped spans where slab exposure dictates.
during construction. 10 Where in the table the span value is shown in red this shows
2 For confirmation of the maximum construction stage the maximum permissible span where there is a minimum of
unpropped spans see page 111. one stud per trough.
3 The span values are based on the use of a minimum 100mm 11 Total applied load referred to in the table is a working
bearing support. Where the bearing exceeds 100mm the load derived from the sum of the loads supported by
span capacity can be increased. See example below. the composite slab (live load, finishes, ceilings, services,
4 Deck must lie flat on all supports beams. Point only contact partitions). Loads shown are based on Ultimate

Multideck 60
will affect the design loading. capacity / 1.6. The slab self weight has already been
taken in to account do not include in applied loads.
5 The self weight of the slab has been taken in to account in
the table and should not be included in the applied loading. 12 Deflection under construction loading (wet concrete etc) has
been limited to that stipulated in BS5950 Part 4 1994.
6 All tabulated span capacities include applied construction
At the composite stage the suggested maximum ratio of
stage load of 1.5kN/m2 for spans of 3.0m or larger. For spans
slab span to slab depth are 35 for NWC and 30 for LWC to
less than 3.0m the construction load is 4.5/span(m) kN/m2.
control deflection.
7 The composite slab should meet the requirements of BS5950
13 For the propped during construction cases the temporary
Part 4 1994 with regard to their composite behaviour under
supports should remain in place until the concrete has
normal loading.
achieved 75% of it 28 day cube strength often available
8 The concrete grade is a minimum of C25/30 with a minimum after 7 days.
ultimate strength is of 30N/mm2.
14 Where more than one prop is provided they should be equally
9 Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown meet or exceed spaced across the span of the Multideck.
0.1% gross cross sectional area of the concrete at the
15 Where ★ appears the addition of props gives no further
supports. Minimum reinforcement should be increased where:-
spanning benefit in these cases.
a) The slab is propped during construction.
b) It is required to control the size of cracking in the concrete
i.e. where a brittle finishes is applied to the slab.
c) There are moving loads.

Multideck 80
Definition of Span (construction stage) when Support widths greater than 100mm?
using Kingspan Load / Span Tables The span capacities shown on the following pages can be
increased by the difference between the actual support widths
Support c/c and 100mm.
The deck span (m) used in the table is based on the
(Support c/c – support bearing) + the deck depth.
All values in metres.
Example
Support widths 140mm and 200mm.
Span values can be increased by (140 + 200)/2 – 100 = 70mm.
MD80-V2 1.2mm double span deck (no props).
100mm 100mm
minimum minimum 150mm thick slab – normal weight concrete.
Construction stage span: 4.0kN/m2 load column = 4810mm.
With support widths of 140 and 200 the increased span capacity
is 4000 + 70 = 4070mm.
Multideck 146
58 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete Unpropped Construction (Steel – 350N/mm2)


Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type
Slab Depth Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support
(mm) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition)
Span (m)*
130 A142 4.03 3.90 3.70 3.28 2.98 2.75
140 A142 3.93 3.93 3.92 3.48 3.16 2.91
3.93 3.86 3.51 3.24
150 A142 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.66 3.32 3.06
3.84 3.70 3.41
160 A142 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.49 3.21
3.75 3.58
175 A142 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.42
3.65
200 A193 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45
250 A252 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16
130 A142 4.53 4.31 3.70 3.28 2.98 2.75
140 A142 4.39 4.39 3.92 3.48 3.16 2.91
4.29 3.86 3.51 3.24
150 A142 4.26 4.26 4.13 3.66 3.32 3.06
4.26 4.08 3.70 3.41
160 A142 4.15 4.15 4.15 3.84 3.49 3.21
4.15 3.89 3.58
175 A142 3.99 3.99 3.99 3.99 3.72 3.42
3.99 3.82
200 A193 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.75
3.76
250 A252 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
130 A142 4.13 3.93 3.86 3.43 3.11 2.87 4.22 3.95 3.90 3.53 3.21 2.96
140 A142 4.03 4.03 4.03 3.63 3.30 3.04 4.11 4.11 4.11 3.75 3.40 3.14
3.99 3.63 3.34 4.08 3.71 3.42
150 A142 3.93 3.93 3.93 3.83 3.47 3.20 4.02 4.02 4.02 3.95 3.59 3.31
3.93 3.83 3.53 4.02 3.92 3.61
160 A142 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.64 3.36 3.93 3.93 3.93 3.93 3.77 3.47
3.85 3.70 3.93 3.80
175 A142 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.74 3.58 3.82 3.82 3.82 3.82 3.82 3.70
3.74 3.82
200 A193 3.58 3.58 3.58 3.58 3.58 3.58 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.66 3.66
250 A252 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.27 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37
130 A142 4.55 4.50 3.86 3.43 3.11 2.87 4.55 4.55 3.98 3.53 3.21 2.96
140 A142 4.68 4.68 4.09 3.63 3.30 3.04 4.90 4.90 4.22 3.75 3.40 3.14
4.44 3.99 3.63 3.34 4.53 4.08 3.71 3.42
150 A142 4.54 4.54 4.31 3.83 3.47 3.20 4.81 4.81 4.45 3.95 3.59 3.31
4.54 4.21 3.83 3.53 4.73 4.31 3.92 3.61
160 A142 4.42 4.42 4.42 4.01 3.64 3.36 4.68 4.68 4.67 4.15 3.77 3.47
4.42 4.02 3.70 4.68 4.53 4.12 3.80
175 A142 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 3.88 3.58 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.43 4.02 3.70
4.25 3.95 4.50 4.40 4.06
200 A193 4.01 4.01 4.01 4.01 4.01 3.92 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.06
4.01 4.24
250 A252 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
*See diagram on page 57.
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 59

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete Propped Construction (Steel – 350N/mm2)
Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type
Slab Depth Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support
(mm) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition)
Span (m)*
130 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
140 A142 4.56 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.90
150 A142 4.73 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
5.25 4.52
160 A142 4.87 4.21 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.42 4.69 4.19
175 A142 5.08 4.41 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.65 4.91 4.40 4.02

Multideck 60
200 A193 5.36 4.70 4.22 3.87 ★ ★
5.98 5.24 4.72 4.33 4.02
250 A252 5.81 5.16 4.68 4.31 4.02 3.78
6.49 5.77 5.24 4.83 4.51 4.24
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
130 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
140 A142 4.76 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.90
150 A142 4.93 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 5.08 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
5.25 4.67 5.25
160 A142 5.08 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 5.24 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
5.59 4.84 5.60 4.95
175 A142 5.29 4.60 ★ ★ ★ ★ 5.47 4.75 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.84 5.08 4.55 5.97 5.20 4.66
200 A193 5.59 4.90 4.41 4.04 ★ ★ 5.78 5.07 4.57 ★ ★ ★

Multideck 80
6.18 5.42 4.88 4.47 4.15 6.33 5.56 5.01 4.59 4.26
250 A252 6.06 5.38 4.89 4.51 4.20 3.95 6.27 5.58 5.07 4.67 4.35 4.09
6.71 5.96 5.42 5.00 4.66 4.36 6.89 6.13 5.57 5.14 4.79 4.51
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
Permanent Support Temporary Support
*See diagram on page 57.
Multideck 146
60 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Load / Span Tables

Lightweight Concrete Unpropped Construction (Steel – 350N/mm2)


Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type
Slab Depth Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support
(mm) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition)
Span (m)*
130 A142 4.19 3.66 3.32 3.25 2.98 2.75
140 A142 4.14 3.90 3.55 3.48 3.16 2.91
3.50 3.48 3.21
150 A142 4.05 4.05 3.77 3.66 3.32 3.06
3.75 3.67 3.38
160 A142 3.96 3.96 3.96 3.84 3.49 3.21
3.96 3.85 3.55
175 A142 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.72 3.42
3.85 3.79
200 A193 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69 3.69
250 A252 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
130 A142 4.19 3.90 3.70 3.28 2.98 2.75
140 A142 4.47 4.20 3.92 3.48 3.16 2.91
4.20 3.83 3.48 3.21
150 A142 4.55 4.50 4.13 3.66 3.32 3.06
4.50 4.04 3.57 3.38
160 A142 4.44 4.44 4.33 3.84 3.49 3.21
4.44 4.24 3.85 3.55
175 A142 4.28 4.28 4.28 4.10 3.72 3.42
4.28 4.11 3.79
200 A193 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06 3.75
4.06
250 A252 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
130 A142 4.25 3.71 3.37 3.25 3.11 2.87 4.28 3.73 3.39 3.25 3.21 2.96
140 A142 4.25 3.96 3.60 3.50 3.30 3.04 4.34 3.98 3.62 3.50 3.40 3.14
3.50 3.32 3.50 3.39
150 A142 4.15 4.15 3.82 3.75 3.47 3.20 4.24 4.23 3.85 3.75 3.59 3.31
3.75 3.50 3.75 3.58
160 A142 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.00 3.64 3.36 4.15 4.15 4.08 4.00 3.77 3.47
3.96 3.67 4.00 3.76
175 A142 3.95 3.95 3.95 3.95 3.88 3.58 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.03 4.02 3.70
3.95 3.92 4.03 4.02
200 A193 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.79 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87 3.87
250 A252 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62
130 A142 4.25 3.90 3.86 3.43 3.11 2.87 4.28 3.90 3.90 3.53 3.21 2.96
140 A142 4.53 4.20 4.09 3.63 3.30 3.04 4.56 4.20 4.20 3.75 3.40 3.14
4.20 3.96 3.59 3.32 4.05 3.68 3.39
150 A142 4.82 4.50 4.31 3.83 3.47 3.20 4.85 4.50 4.45 3.95 3.59 3.31
4.50 4.18 3.79 3.50 4.50 4.28 3.89 3.58
160 A142 4.73 4.73 4.52 4.01 3.64 3.36 5.00 4.80 4.67 4.15 3.77 3.47
4.73 4.38 3.98 3.67 4.80 4.49 4.08 3.76
175 A142 4.56 4.56 4.56 4.28 3.88 3.58 4.83 4.83 4.83 4.43 4.02 3.70
4.56 4.25 3.92 4.81 4.36 4.02
200 A193 4.32 4.32 4.32 4.32 4.26 3.92 4.58 4.58 4.58 4.58 4.41 4.06
4.32 4.29 4.58 4.39
250 A252 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94 3.94 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
*See diagram on page 57.
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 61

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete Propped Construction (Steel – 350N/mm2)
Gauge = 1.0mm
Span Type
Slab Depth Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support
(mm) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition)
Span (m)*
130 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
140 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
150 A142 4.65 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
160 A142 4.89 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.80
175 A142 5.25 4.58 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.06 4.50
200 A193 5.68 4.91 4.38 ★ ★ ★
6.00 5.43 4.84 4.41

Multideck 60
250 A252 6.22 5.44 4.89 4.48 4.15 3.76
6.88 6.02 5.42 4.91 4.27 3.77
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
250 A252 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★

Gauge = 1.1mm Gauge = 1.2mm


Span Type Slab Min
Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS Total Applied Load (kN/m2) SLS
(support Depth Mesh
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
condition) (mm) Size
Span (m)* Span (m)*
130 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
140 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
150 A142 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
160 A142 4.95 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
4.80
175 A142 5.31 4.78 ★ ★ ★ ★ 5.33 4.94 ★ ★ ★ ★
5.23 4.65 5.25
200 A193 5.92 5.12 4.57 ★ ★ ★ 6.00 5.30 4.73 ★ ★ ★
6.00 5.61 5.01 4.57 5.76 5.14 4.69
250 A252 6.49 5.68 5.11 4.68 4.34 ★ 6.71 5.88 5.29 4.85 4.50 ★
7.11 6.23 5.61 5.06 4.40 7.30 6.40 5.77 5.19 4.51
200 A193 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★

Multideck 80
250 A252 ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ ★
Notes:
Total applied load referred to in the above table is a working load based on combinations of live loads, finishes, ceilings, services and partitions (excluding slab self weight).
Figures in red are maximum permissible spans in situations where there is one stud per trough.
Permanent Support Temporary Support
*See diagram on page 57.

Multideck 146
62 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Fire Resistance

Fire Performance – Mesh


1 The fire resistance tables for Multideck 80-V2 on the Multideck 80-V2 profile
following pages are based upon fire test data from full scale Total applied load = 1.2 + 0.5 + 7.5/0.8 = 11.075kN/m2
tests performed at the Warrington Fire Research Centre UK, From table opposite maximum span = 3.16m.
April 1991.
11 The * denotes that the mesh provided, although satisfying
2 All stated slab depths comply with the minimum fire the fire resistance requirement, does not comply with
insulation criteria of BS 476: Part 20 1987. the minimum anti-crack reinforcement requirement of
3 The composite slab is assumed to be continuous over one or BS 5950: Part 4.
more intermediate supports. i.e. minimum double span. Refer to standard load / span tables for minimum mesh
4 The fire resistance load tables are for continuous spans only requirements.
with no propping. For 2 hour fire rating or propped and single 12 For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these
span conditions use the Kingspan Toolkit Software or contact tables the Kingspan Toolkit Software should be used which
Kingspan Technical Services. includes the Fire Engineering Method as detailed in the
5 Minimum laps should be 300mm for A142 mesh and 400mm SCI Publication 056.
for A193 and A252 mesh. See following pages for Multideck 80-V2 Fire
6 The mesh should be placed between 15 and 40mm from the Resistance Tables.
upper surface of the slab (this range caters for lap areas).
7 The tables are based upon Grade 30 concrete, reinforcement
having a yield strength of 460N/mm2.
8 The tables must be read in conjunction with load / span
tables for Multideck 80-V2 to verify the structural integrity of
the composite slab.
9 The values in all the tables are relevant to unpropped
construction.
10 The tables take into account the reduced partial factor of
0.8 as permitted in BS 5950: Part 8 for non-permanent
imposed loads. The tables are presented in terms of total
specified imposed load (non-permanent and permanent).
It is assumed that the permanent imposed loads for
partitions, finishes, ceilings and services are equivalent to
1.7kN/m2 in all cases. The tables are therefore appropriate for
office type applications.
For other applications where the imposed loads are almost
entirely permanent the total load should be adjusted
accordingly before reading from the tables, eg:
– 150mm normal weight concrete plantroom slab and
A142 mesh.
– 7.5kN/m2 live load.
– 1.2kN/m2 50mm screed finish 0.5kN/m2 ceilings
and services.
– 1 hour fire rating.

Note:
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Kingspan Multideck design software should be used to check for a solution.
Toolkit Design Software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 63

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Multideck 50
Normal Weight Concrete
Fire Rating 1.0 hour Fire Rating 1.5 hours
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
140 A142 4.09 3.85 3.65 3.48 3.34 3.21 3.09 2.99 2.90 – – – – – – – – –
140 A193 4.37 4.12 3.91 3.73 3.57 3.44 3.31 3.20 3.10 – – – – – – – – –
140 A252 4.67 4.40 4.17 3.97 3.81 3.67 3.53 3.41 3.30 – – – – – – – – –
150 A142 4.29 4.05 3.85 3.67 3.52 3.39 3.27 3.17 3.07 3.60 3.40 3.23 3.08 2.96 2.85 2.75 2.66 2.58
150 A193 4.60 4.35 4.13 3.94 3.78 3.64 3.51 3.40 3.29 3.90 3.68 3.50 3.34 3.21 3.09 2.98 2.88 2.79
150 A252 4.93 4.65 4.42 4.21 4.04 3.89 3.75 3.63 3.52 4.21 3.97 3.77 3.60 3.46 3.33 3.21 3.11 3.01
160 A142 4.45 4.21 4.00 3.83 3.67 3.54 3.42 3.31 3.21 3.79 3.58 3.41 3.25 3.13 3.02 2.91 2.82 2.74

Multideck 60
160 A193 4.79 4.53 4.31 4.11 3.95 3.81 3.67 3.56 3.45 4.11 3.89 3.70 3.54 3.40 3.28 3.16 3.06 2.97
160 A252 5.14 4.86 4.62 4.42 4.24 4.09 3.94 3.82 3.70 4.45 4.21 4.00 3.83 3.67 3.54 3.42 3.31 3.21
175 A142 4.54 4.31 4.11 3.94 3.78 3.65 3.52 3.42 3.32 3.99 3.79 3.61 3.46 3.32 3.21 3.10 3.01 2.92
175 A193 4.89 4.64 4.43 4.23 4.07 3.93 3.79 3.68 3.57 4.35 4.13 3.94 3.77 3.62 3.50 3.38 3.28 3.18
175 A252 5.25 4.98 4.74 4.52 4.36 4.21 4.06 3.94 3.82 4.71 4.47 4.26 4.08 3.92 3.78 3.65 3.54 3.43
200 *A142 4.67 4.45 4.25 4.08 3.93 3.80 3.68 3.57 3.47 4.12 3.93 3.76 3.60 3.48 3.36 3.25 3.16 3.07
200 A193 5.02 4.78 4.57 4.38 4.23 4.09 3.95 3.83 3.72 4.50 4.28 4.10 3.93 3.79 3.66 3.54 3.44 3.34
200 A252 5.38 5.12 4.89 4.69 4.52 4.37 4.23 4.11 3.99 4.88 4.64 4.44 4.26 4.11 3.97 3.84 3.73 3.62
250 *A142 4.86 4.65 4.47 4.31 4.17 4.04 3.92 3.82 3.72 4.27 4.09 3.93 3.79 3.67 3.56 3.45 3.36 3.27
250 *A193 5.21 4.99 4.80 4.62 4.47 4.33 4.20 4.09 3.98 4.65 4.45 4.28 4.12 3.99 3.87 3.75 3.65 3.56
250 A252 5.57 5.33 5.13 4.94 4.78 4.63 4.49 4.37 4.26 5.03 4.82 4.64 4.47 4.32 4.19 4.06 3.95 3.85

Lightweight Concrete
Fire Rating 1.0 hours Fire Rating 1.5 hours
Slab Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Mesh
(mm) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)

Multideck 80
130 LWC A142 3.90 3.83 3.61 3.43 3.27 3.14 3.02 2.92 2.82 – – – – – – – – –
130 LWC A193 3.90 3.90 3.87 3.67 3.50 3.36 3.23 3.12 3.01 – – – – – – – – –
130 LWC A252 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.87 3.74 3.59 3.44 3.32 3.21 – – – – – – – – –
140 LWC A142 4.20 4.09 3.86 3.66 3.50 3.36 3.23 3.12 3.02 3.73 3.49 3.30 3.14 3.00 2.88 2.77 2.68 2.59
140 LWC A193 4.20 4.20 4.15 3.94 3.77 3.62 3.48 3.36 3.25 4.06 3.80 3.59 3.42 3.26 3.13 3.01 2.91 2.81
140 LWC A252 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.17 4.03 3.87 3.72 3.59 3.47 4.20 4.11 3.88 3.68 3.52 3.38 3.25 3.14 3.04
150 LWC A142 4.50 4.29 4.06 3.86 3.69 3.55 3.41 3.30 3.19 3.97 3.73 3.53 3.36 3.21 3.09 2.97 2.87 2.78
150 LWC A193 4.50 4.50 4.37 4.16 3.97 3.82 3.67 3.55 3.43 4.34 4.07 3.85 3.66 3.50 3.37 3.24 3.13 3.03
150 LWC A252 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.44 4.27 4.10 3.94 3.81 3.68 4.50 4.42 4.18 3.97 3.80 3.65 3.51 3.39 3.28
160 LWC A142 4.71 4.43 4.20 4.00 3.83 3.68 3.54 3.42 3.31 4.17 3.92 3.72 3.54 3.39 3.26 3.14 3.04 2.94
160 LWC A193 4.80 4.79 4.54 4.32 4.13 3.98 3.83 3.70 3.58 4.57 4.30 4.07 3.87 3.71 3.57 3.43 3.32 3.21
160 LWC A252 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.64 4.44 4.27 4.11 3.97 3.84 4.80 4.67 4.42 4.21 4.03 3.88 3.73 3.61 3.49
175 LWC *A142 4.81 4.53 4.30 4.11 3.93 3.79 3.65 3.54 3.42 4.30 4.05 3.85 3.67 3.52 3.39 3.26 3.16 3.06
175 LWC A193 5.16 4.90 4.65 4.43 4.25 4.09 3.94 3.81 3.69 4.71 4.44 4.22 4.02 3.86 3.72 3.58 3.46 3.35
175 LWC A252 5.25 5.20 4.99 4.76 4.56 4.39 4.23 4.09 3.96 5.13 4.84 4.60 4.38 4.20 4.04 3.89 3.77 3.65
200 LWC *A142 4.96 4.70 4.47 4.27 4.11 3.96 3.82 3.70 3.59 4.41 4.18 3.98 3.80 3.65 3.52 3.40 3.29 3.19
200 LWC A193 5.35 5.06 4.82 4.61 4.42 4.26 4.11 3.98 3.86 4.83 4.57 4.35 4.16 4.00 3.86 3.72 3.60 3.49
200 LWC A252 5.74 5.43 5.17 4.94 4.74 4.57 4.41 4.27 4.14 5.26 4.98 4.74 4.53 4.35 4.19 4.04 3.92 3.80
250 LWC *A142 5.20 4.95 4.74 4.54 4.38 4.24 4.10 3.98 3.86 4.59 4.38 4.19 4.02 3.87 3.74 3.62 3.52 3.42
Multideck 146

250 LWC *A193 5.59 5.32 5.09 4.88 4.71 4.55 4.40 4.27 4.15 5.02 4.78 4.57 4.39 4.23 4.09 3.95 3.84 3.73
250 LWC A252 5.98 5.69 5.45 5.23 5.04 4.87 4.71 4.57 4.44 5.45 5.19 4.96 4.76 4.59 4.44 4.29 4.17 4.05
Notes:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Multideck Toolkit design software.
64 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*


1.0 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)
150 4.96 4.16 3.88 3.52 3.31 3.05 2.84
160 5.09 4.30 4.02 3.66 3.44 3.17 2.96
170 5.20 4.42 4.15 3.78 3.56 3.29 3.07
180 5.31 4.55 4.27 3.91 3.68 3.41 3.19
190 5.41 4.66 4.39 4.02 3.80 3.52 3.29
200 5.52 4.77 4.50 4.13 3.90 3.62 3.39
210 5.62 4.88 4.61 4.24 4.02 3.73 3.49
220 5.72 5.00 4.73 4.36 4.13 3.84 3.60
230 5.82 5.11 4.84 4.47 4.23 3.94 3.70
240 5.92 5.21 4.95 4.57 4.34 4.05 3.80
250 6.01 5.31 5.05 4.68 4.45 4.15 3.91

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
150 5.14 4.31 4.03 3.66 3.43 3.16 2.95 5.31 4.45 4.16 3.77 3.55 3.27 3.04
160 5.26 4.45 4.16 3.78 3.55 3.28 3.06 5.43 4.59 4.30 3.91 3.67 3.39 3.16
170 5.38 4.57 4.29 3.91 3.68 3.40 3.17 5.55 4.73 4.43 4.04 3.80 3.52 3.28
180 5.49 4.70 4.42 4.04 3.80 3.52 3.29 5.66 4.85 4.55 4.16 3.93 3.63 3.40
190 5.59 4.81 4.53 4.15 3.92 3.63 3.40 5.77 4.97 4.67 4.28 4.04 3.74 3.50
200 5.70 4.93 4.65 4.27 4.03 3.74 3.51 5.87 5.08 4.79 4.40 4.16 3.85 3.61
210 5.80 5.04 4.76 4.38 4.14 3.84 3.61 5.97 5.19 4.90 4.51 4.27 3.96 3.71
220 5.90 5.15 4.88 4.49 4.25 3.95 3.71 6.07 5.30 5.02 4.63 4.38 4.07 3.82
230 5.99 5.26 4.98 4.60 4.36 4.06 3.81 6.17 5.41 5.13 4.73 4.49 4.18 3.93
240 6.09 5.37 5.09 4.71 4.47 4.16 3.91 6.26 5.52 5.23 4.84 4.59 4.28 4.02
250 6.18 5.47 5.20 4.81 4.57 4.27 4.02 6.34 5.61 5.33 4.94 4.70 4.38 4.13
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.
Multideck 80 Structural Steel Products 65

Multideck 50
Dramix® Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG*
1.5 hour Fire Rating – Normal Weight Concrete
Gauge 1.0mm
Slab Depth Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m)
160 3.95 3.34 3.13 2.84 2.68 2.47 2.31
170 4.07 3.47 3.25 2.97 2.80 2.59 2.41
180 4.20 3.59 3.38 3.09 2.92 2.70 2.53
190 4.32 3.73 3.51 3.21 3.04 2.81 2.63
200 4.45 3.85 3.63 3.34 3.16 2.93 2.75
210 4.55 3.96 3.74 3.45 3.27 3.03 2.84

Multideck 60
220 4.67 4.09 3.87 3.56 3.38 3.14 2.95
230 4.77 4.19 3.97 3.66 3.48 3.23 3.05
240 4.88 4.30 4.08 3.77 3.59 3.34 3.15
250 4.98 4.41 4.19 3.88 3.69 3.45 3.24

Gauge 1.1mm Gauge 1.2mm


Slab Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth
(mm) 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.0
Span (m) Span (m)
160 4.08 3.45 3.23 2.94 2.77 2.55 2.38 4.20 3.55 3.32 3.02 2.84 2.63 2.45
170 4.19 3.57 3.35 3.05 2.88 2.66 2.48 4.32 3.68 3.45 3.15 2.97 2.74 2.56
180 4.32 3.70 3.48 3.18 3.00 2.78 2.60 4.45 3.81 3.58 3.27 3.09 2.86 2.68
190 4.43 3.81 3.59 3.29 3.11 2.88 2.70 4.55 3.93 3.70 3.39 3.20 2.97 2.78
200 4.56 3.95 3.73 3.42 3.23 3.01 2.82 4.67 4.05 3.82 3.51 3.31 3.08 2.88
210 4.66 4.06 3.84 3.53 3.34 3.11 2.91 4.77 4.16 3.93 3.62 3.42 3.18 2.98
220 4.78 4.18 3.95 3.65 3.45 3.22 3.02 4.88 4.27 4.04 3.72 3.52 3.28 3.08
230 4.89 4.29 4.07 3.76 3.56 3.32 3.12 4.99 4.38 4.16 3.84 3.64 3.39 3.19
240 4.99 4.40 4.18 3.87 3.67 3.42 3.22 5.09 4.49 4.26 3.95 3.74 3.49 3.28
250 5.09 4.50 4.28 3.97 3.77 3.52 3.31 5.19 4.59 4.37 4.05 3.84 3.59 3.38

Multideck 80
Notes:
These tables are not applicable to slabs where the deck is supplied in single span lengths (use Multideck Design software to determine suitable bottom bar requirements).
* This Dramix® Steel Fibre specification was previously referenced 20kg/m3 RC-80/60-BN.

Multideck 146
66 Structural Steel Products Multideck 80

Sound Attenuation

Predicted Site Acoustic Performance of Floors with Multideck 80-V2


Predicted Acoustic Performance DnT,w + Ctr (dB) for Airborne Sound
Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
130 33 to 37 45 to 49 44 to 48 46 to 50 45 to 49
140 34 to 38 46 to 50 45 to 49 47 to 51 46 to 50
150 35 to 39 47 to 51 46 to 50 48 to 52 47 to 51
160 36 to 40 48 to 52 47 to 51 49 to 53 48 to 52
175 38 to 42 50 to 54 49 to 53 51 to 55 50 to 54
200 40 to 44 52 to 56 51 to 55 53 to 57 52 to 56
250 44 to 48 56 to 60 55 to 59 57 to 61 56 to 60

Predicted Acoustic Performance L’nT,w (dB) for Impact Sound


Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
120 to 250 76 to 80 68 to 72 51 to 55 52 to 56 48 to 52
Notes:
The tables are based on a minimum concrete density of 2350kgs/m3 and can be used with mesh or Dramix reinforcement.
Lightweight concrete may lead to a reduction in acoustic performance of about 2 to 3 dB on the values shown above.
Values of DnT,w and Lnw are available from Kingspan Structural Technical Department.
The junction details between the walls and floors must be appropriately detailed to ensure that flanking sound is minimised.
The values in the table are based on the new (since 2003) measurement index DnT,w+Ctr for airborne sound. The Ctr term is a spectrum adaptation value which is generally
negative and adjusts the index to take account of low frequency sounds that often cause problems in residential buildings. Thus the DnT,w +Ctr rating is lower than the DnT,w
rating for the same construction.
Kingspan Insulated Panels’ Structural Products & Systems sub-division is a member of The Steel Construction Institute and has undertaken extensive testing on the accoustic
performance of the Multideck range of composite steel slabs. The testing was carried out on behalf of Kingspan by The Steel Construction Institute and resulted in a
comprehensive report: ‘Acoustic Performance of Kingspan Composite Floors’, copies of which can be obtained from our Technical Services Department.
Multideck 80
Structural Steel Products
67

Multideck 146 Multideck 80 Multideck 60 Multideck 50


68 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Multideck 146

Contents

Product Data 70 Load / Span Tables 73 Fire Resistance Sound Attenuation 82


Load / Span Tables 77
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 69

Introduction

Multideck 50
Multideck 146 has been engineered to Multideck 146 Floor Decking System
optimise performance of the steel and The deck can be supported on the top flange of a beam
concrete. No other trapezoidal profile can or partnered with ultra shallow fabricated beams to produce
a truly shallow floor construction of 215mm depth.
span as far as Multideck 146. It supports Key benefits include:
normal weight concrete without the need – Prefixed Studs
for props, providing new opportunities for Multideck 146 is a single spanning deck so it is ideal
for use with beams that have the shear studs attached
efficiencies in construction. in the fabrication shop avoiding, or vastly reducing, the
need to through deck stud weld on site. While Multideck
Multideck 146 should be considered for 146 is generally used with 19mm diameter shear studs it
projects with spanning requirements of can be equally used with other types of shear attachments
4.0m and above. as long as the deck is provided with a minimum bearing
of 50mm. Multideck 146 can be through deck stud welded

Multideck 60
on site without difficulty.
– Concrete Volume Savings
Multideck 146 composite steel deck is optimised to minimise
the concrete volumes on longer spans providing significant
savings in comparison to traditional trapezoidal steel decks
used free spanning or propped.
Multideck 146 requires 31% less concrete than the next
best spanning 80mm trapezoidal deck of the equivalent
slab depth.
The saving in concrete translates into a saving in weight that
the structure must support, resulting in economies in the
supporting structure and foundations.
– Technical Support
Kingspan Toolkit software includes comprehensive
composite floor design software which allows the user
to easily select the right Multideck solution. The design
software is available for download from the web site
www.kingspanstructural.com.
The Multideck design department provides a comprehensive
engineering and advisory service to specifiers and end users

Multideck 80
on the use of the Multideck range of composite decks.
– Greater Design Efficiency
Multideck 146 enhances the performance of the Multideck
family of composite steel decks providing efficient spanning
capacities to beyond 6.0m. There is a Multideck profile
to suit each and every requirement.
– Quicker Installation
Multideck 146 deck is 600mm wide and with no need
for temporary props, even on spans of 6.0m, means this deck
is quick to install.
Reduced concrete volumes means quicker laying times
and fewer concrete deliveries to site.
Multideck 146
70 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Product Data

Material Specification – 350N/mm2 Steel Concrete Volumes and Specification


Steel strip used in the manufacture of Multideck 146 complies Load / span tables are based on Grade C25/30 concrete, having
with BS EN 10143 and BS EN 10346 with a guaranteed minimum a cube strength of 30N/mm2.
yield strength of 350N/mm2 and a minimum total (total both
Density of normal weight concrete: 2400kg/m3 at wet stage.
sides) coating mass of 275 gram/m2.
Density of lightweight concrete: 1900kg/m3 at wet stage.
All concrete used with Multideck in the construction of
composite slabs should comply with the recommendations
in BS 8110: 1997.

Rake Cutting Embossments


Pre-delivery cutting of sections is available. Please contact our Raised diagonal embossments in opposite directions on each
Sales Department for details. face of the webs, provide mechanical connection between the
steel deck and the hardened concrete.

Reinforcement References
Reinforcement of the concrete slab to control cracking at all Engineers are advised to consult the SCI / MCRMA publication
supports is required in accordance with BS EN 5950 Part 4: P300 Composite Slabs and beams using steel decking:
1994. Steel reinforcement for crack control or fire performance Best practice for Design and Construction.
engineering should be in accordance with British Standards.
Hot rolled bars BS EN 4449. Fabric reinforcement BS 4483: 2005.

Profile and Dimensions (mm)

599 cover width

167 265 167

131 15
77
gauge

145 160

75º
25 27

65 204 61 204 65

Gauges: 1.2mm and 1.5mm


Maximum length: 14.0m
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 71

Multideck 50
Section Properties per Metre Width
Height to Neutral Second Moment Ultimate Moment
Normal Thickness Self Weight Steel Area
Axis Sagging of Area Capacity (kNm/m)
(mm) (mm2/m)
(kg/m2) (kN/m2) (mm) (cm4/m) Sagging
1.2 19.4 0.191 78.8 836 2400 32.4
1.5 24.3 0.239 79.9 1080 3020 42.3

Multideck 60
Volume and Weight of Composite Slabs on Multideck 146
Weight (kN/m2)
Slab Depth Concrete Volume
Normal Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete
(mm) (m3/m2)
Wet Dry Wet Dry
215 0.128 3.014 2.951 2.386 2.260
225 0.138 3.249 3.181 2.572 2.437
235 0.148 3.485 3.412 2.759 2.613
245 0.158 3.720 3.642 2.945 2.790
255 0.168 3.955 3.873 3.131 2.967
265 0.178 4.191 4.104 3.318 3.143
275 0.188 4.426 4.334 3.504 3.320
285 0.198 4.662 4.565 3.691 3.496
295 0.208 4.897 4.795 3.877 3.673
305 0.218 5.133 5.026 4.063 3.849

Multideck 80

Notes:
Multideck 146

1. Important – concrete volumes do not take into account deflection.


2. Excludes weight of steel decking and relates only to weight of concrete.
3. Concrete volumes are based upon a calculated minimum value (nominal slab depth).
Account should be taken of deck and supporting structure deflections.
72 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Reinforcement

Reinforcement to Concrete Composite Slab Mesh Reinforcement


The Multideck 146 composite concrete slab is always reinforced Mesh is required to control the cracking that can occur in the
with one 16mm diameter bar in every trough and a suitable concrete due to shrinkage or stresses in the concrete.
steel mesh reinforcement positioned near the top of the BS EN 5950 part 4 recommends that the mesh area is
concrete slab. a minimum of 0.1% of the cross sectional area of the
concrete slab.
The engineer should increase the mesh area where:
16mm Diameter Bar Reinforcement
– the slab is propped;
The Multideck 146 composite concrete slab requires a 16mm
– the size of cracks in the concrete needs to be minimised;
diameter rod positioned in every trough at 60mm height
(from bottom of the deck). This bar reinforcement works in – brittle finishes are applied to the slab surface;
conjunction with the 146 steel deck to enhance the composite – moving wheel loads or point loads are applied to the slab.
and fire design stage performance.
Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge of
In some cases the bar reinforcement will need to be anchored, the concrete slab, in a zone of 15mm to 40mm.
this can be achieved by sufficient overlap of the bars over
Mesh sheets must be overlapped, use of flying ends make
internal supports. On external supports the anchorage can be
overlapping easier and avoid build up of the mesh thickness
provided by U bars if present, or by creating a 90º bend at the
at overlaps.
end of the bar over the support.
The mesh should be supported on suitable mesh stools to
maintain the required mesh position.
U bars are required at composite edge beams with shear studs,
as on all other concrete composite steel deck floors supported
on composite beams.

Note:
Bar shown in central trough only for clarity. All troughs should include bar reinforcement. Spacer system by specialist manufacturer.
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 73

Load / Span Tables

Multideck 50
Load / Span Tables
When using load tables for Multideck 146 please take into consideration the following notes:
1 All tabulated figures include the self weight of the slab. 9 Line loads and / or point loading may require additional local
2 All tabulated figures include a construction allowance of reinforcement. Use the Multideck design software.
1.5kN/m2 over a length of 3.0m and 0.75kN/m2 over the 10 Total applied load referred to in the load tables is a working
remainder of the span. The 1.5kN/m2 is positioned at mid load based on factored combinations of live loads, finishes,
span for bending moment and adjacent to the support for ceilings, services and partitions, divided by a load factor of
shear (see diagram). 1.60 (excluding slab self weight).
3 All tabulated values are based on use of concrete 11 Temporary supports should remain in place until the concrete
grade C25/30. has achieved its 75% of the 28 day cube strength often
4 All tabulated loads include ponding of the wet concrete due available after 7 days.
to the deflection of the Multideck 146. 12 Deck must lie flat on all support beams. Point only contact
at the support will affect design loading.

Multideck 60
Additional concrete due to the deflection of the supports
(beams) is not included in the table. Use the Toolkit Software 13 Span values are centres of supports based on a width of
to check solutions with additional loading to account for support of 100mm. Minimum of 50mm end bearing on steel
support deflection. or concrete and 75mm on other materials.
5 The suggested maximum ratios of slab span to slab depth 14 For confirmation of the maximum construction stage
are 30 for LWC and 35 for NWC to control deflections. unpropped spans see page 113.
6 Deflection under construction loading (wet concrete etc.) 15 Minimum slab depth is 195mm flush with top of studs
has been limited to that stipulated in BS 5950: Part 4 1994. but will require a structural cementitious screed for
7 Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown provide both fire insulation.
0.1% of the gross cross-sectional area and 0.2% of the cross
sectional area above the ribs of the concrete at the support.
Minimum reinforcement should be increased where the
slab is propped or there are moving loads, or concrete crack
size is a consideration i.e. where brittle finishes are required.
Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge of
the concrete slab, in a zone of 15mm to 40mm.
8 All values require a minimum of one 16mm diameter bar,
grade B500, in each trough positioned at 60mm height

Definition of Span (construction stage) when using Kingspan Load / Span Tables
Multideck 80

Construction load positioned for max bending moment Construction load positioned for max shear
construction load construction load
1.5kN/m2 x 1.6 reduced construction 1.5kN/m2 x 1.6
reduced construction load
load 0.75kN/m2 x 1.6 0.75kN/m2 x 1.6

self weight x 1.4 self weight x 1.4


3m 3m
span span
Multideck 146
74 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Load / Span Tables

Normal Weight Concrete (Steel – 350N/mm2) – Unpropped Construction


Gauge 1.2mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 5.74 5.74 5.74 5.64 5.33
225 0.138 A142 5.67 5.67 5.67 5.67 5.46
235 0.148 A193 5.58 5.58 5.58 5.58 5.58
245 0.158 A193 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50
255 0.168 A193 5.43 5.43 5.43 5.43 5.43
265 0.178 A252 5.35 5.35 5.35 5.35 5.35
275 0.188 A252 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30
285 0.198 A252 5.24 5.24 5.24 5.24 5.24
295 0.208 A393 5.17 5.17 5.17 5.17 5.17
305 0.218 A393 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08

Gauge 1.5mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 6.07 6.07 6.07 5.72 5.38
225 0.138 A142 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 5.68
235 0.148 A193 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.92
245 0.158 A193 5.85 5.85 5.85 5.85 5.85
255 0.168 A193 5.77 5.77 5.77 5.77 5.77
265 0.178 A252 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70
275 0.188 A252 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63
285 0.198 A252 5.57 5.57 5.57 5.57 5.57
295 0.208 A393 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51
305 0.218 A393 5.46 5.46 5.46 5.46 5.46

Normal Weight Concrete (Steel – 350N/mm2) – Propped (Mid Span) Construction


Gauge 1.5mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 6.45 6.45 6.30 * *
225 0.138 A142 6.75 6.75 6.70 * *
235 0.148 A193 7.05 7.05 6.93 * *
245 0.158 A193 7.35 7.35 6.99 * *
255 0.168 A193 7.65 7.65 7.05 6.01 *
265 0.178 A252 7.95 7.95 7.08 6.06 *
275 0.188 A252 8.25 8.25 7.12 6.10 *
285 0.198 A252 8.55 8.42 7.14 6.15 *
295 0.208 A393 8.85 8.50 7.17 6.18 *
305 0.218 A393 9.15 8.54 7.19 6.21 *
Notes:
All values require mesh as shown and 16mm diameter bar at 60mm height.
Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown provide both 0.1% of the gross cross-sectional area and 0.2% of the cross sectional area above the
ribs of the concrete at the support.
* In these cases there is no improvement in span capacity in using propped construction over non propped construction.
Propped values for the 1.2 gauge Multideck 146 should be obtained from the Multideck software.
There is no Dramix® Steel Fibre solution for Multideck 146.
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 75

Multideck 50
Lightweight Concrete (Steel – 350N/mm2) – Unpropped Construction
Gauge 1.2mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 6.06 5.95 5.75 5.28 4.55
225 0.138 A142 5.97 5.97 5.90 5.48 4.69
235 0.148 A193 5.89 5.89 5.89 5.69 4.82
245 0.158 A193 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 4.94
255 0.168 A193 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.00
265 0.178 A252 5.66 5.66 5.66 5.66 5.18
275 0.188 A252 5.60 5.60 5.60 5.60 5.30

Multideck 60
285 0.198 A252 5.54 5.54 5.54 5.54 5.41
295 0.208 A393 5.49 5.49 5.49 5.49 5.49
305 0.218 A393 5.42 5.42 5.42 5.42 5.42

Gauge 1.5mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 6.44 6.44 5.93 5.55 4.90
225 0.138 A142 6.34 6.34 6.10 5.71 5.04
235 0.148 A193 6.25 6.25 6.25 5.91 5.19
245 0.158 A193 6.14 6.14 6.14 6.09 5.32
255 0.168 A193 6.09 6.09 6.09 6.09 5.45
265 0.178 A252 5.98 5.98 5.98 5.98 5.57
275 0.188 A252 5.95 5.95 5.95 5.95 5.69
285 0.198 A252 5.89 5.89 5.89 5.89 5.83
295 0.208 A393 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82
305 0.218 A393 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75

Multideck 80
Lightweight Concrete (Steel – 350N/mm2) – Propped (Mid Span) Construction
Gauge 1.5mm
Slab Depth Concrete Volume Minimum Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
(mm) (m3) Mesh Size 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m)
215 0.128 A142 6.76 * * * *
225 0.138 A142 6.93 * * * *
235 0.148 A193 7.11 6.54 * * *
245 0.158 A193 7.31 6.71 * * *
255 0.168 A193 7.51 6.93 * * *
265 0.178 A252 7.72 7.13 * * *
275 0.188 A252 7.93 7.33 * * *
285 0.198 A252 8.12 7.52 6.19 * *
295 0.208 A393 8.33 7.55 6.22 * *
305 0.218 A393 8.54 7.57 6.26 * *
Notes:
All values require mesh as shown and 16mm diameter bar at 60mm height.
Multideck 146

Minimum reinforcement mesh sizes shown provide both 0.1% of the gross cross-sectional area and 0.2% of the cross sectional area above the
ribs of the concrete at the support.
* In these cases there is no improvement in span capacity in using propped construction over non propped construction.
Propped values for the 1.2 gauge Multideck 146 should be obtained from the Multideck software.
There is no Dramix® Steel Fibre solution for Multideck 146.
76 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 77

Fire Resistance

Multideck 50
Fire Performance – Mesh
1 The fire resistance tables for Multideck 146 on the following Examples of the applied loads for the fire load tables –
pages must be read in conjunction with load / span tables load factors from BS5950 part 8.
for Multideck 146 to verify the structural integrity of the
The load tables are based on a Fire limit state load factor
composite slab.
γf of 1.0.
2 The following fire resistance tables for Multideck 146 are
based on analysis by the Steel Construction Institute. For some applications the non permanent loading can use a
load factor of γf of 0.8 and for office 0.5.
3 All stated slab depths comply with the minimum fire
insulation criteria. See table 5 BS 5950 part 8 section 7.1.
4 The composite slab is treated as a single span so the values
Case 1 office (general use)
shown can be used on a single or continuous slab.
kN/m2 Fire limit state load (kN/m2)
5 All solutions have a minimum of one 16 bar grade B500 per
trough at 60mm height. Dead loads 3.75 x 1.0 = 3.75

Multideck 60
Super load 2.5
The load tables are shown for unanchored and anchored bar
reinforcement. Where there are internal supports anchoring Non permanent 2.5 x 0.5 = 1.25 office
the bars can be achieved with a simple overlap. At the end Load value for fire limit state 5.00
support, U bars around composite shear studs will provide For a 215mm slab with 1.0 hour fire, the max span for anchored
the anchor. Otherwise use bond lengths beyond the inner bars is 7.05m and for unanchored 6.33m.
flange edge and straight or bent bars.
The unanchored solution does not need any additional Case 2 general (excluding plant and storage)
attachment of the bars. kN/m2 Fire limit state load (kN/m2)
6 Minimum laps should be 300mm for A142 mesh and 400mm Dead loads 1.0 x 1.0 = 1.0
for A193, A252 and A393 mesh. Super load 5.0
7 Mesh reinforcement should be placed near the upper edge of Made up of Permanent 3.0 x 1.0 = 3.0
the concrete slab, in a zone of 15mm to 40mm. Non permanent 2.0 x 0.8 = 1.6 general
8 The tables are based upon Grade C25/30 concrete for other Load value for fire limit state 5.6
grades use the Multideck design software.
For a 225mm slab with 1.5 hour fire, the max span for anchored
9 The tables are based on a load factor of 1.0 for the fire case. bars is 6.92m and for unanchored 5.73m.
Further capacity can be achieved by taking into account the
reduced partial factor of 0.8 or 0.5 as permitted in BS 5950: Always check the load / span capacity to verify the structural
Part 8 for non-permanent imposed loads. capacity and use the lesser of the capacities, fire limit state
or structural.
10 For fire performance on propped construction use the

Multideck 80
Multideck Design Software.
11 Span values are centres of supports based on a width of
support of 100mm. Minimum of 50mm end bearing on steel
or concrete and 75mm on other materials.

Multideck 146

Note:
For load / span conditions beyond the scope of these tables, the Kingspan Multideck design software should be used to check for a solution.
Toolkit Design Software provides an accurate and detailed analysis and Kingspan encourages its use for all design checks.
78 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Anchored 16mm diameter Bar Reinforcement


Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 0.5 hour Fire Rating 1.0 hours
Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.54 7.05 6.65 6.30 6.01 5.53 5.14 7.54 7.05 6.64 6.30 6.01 5.52 5.10
225 0.138 A142 7.67 7.19 6.78 6.44 6.15 5.66 5.27 7.67 7.18 6.78 6.44 6.14 5.66 5.27
235 0.148 A193 7.79 7.31 6.91 6.57 6.27 5.79 5.40 7.78 7.31 6.91 6.57 6.27 5.79 5.40
245 0.158 A193 7.89 7.42 7.03 6.69 6.39 5.91 5.52 7.89 7.42 7.03 6.69 6.39 5.91 5.52
255 0.168 A193 7.99 7.53 7.14 6.80 6.51 6.02 5.63 7.99 7.53 7.14 6.80 6.51 6.02 5.63
265 0.178 A252 8.08 7.63 7.24 6.91 6.61 6.13 5.73 8.08 7.63 7.24 6.91 6.61 6.13 5.73
275 0.188 A252 8.17 7.72 7.34 7.01 6.72 6.23 5.84 8.17 7.72 7.34 7.01 6.72 6.23 5.84
285 0.198 A252 8.25 7.81 7.43 7.10 6.81 6.33 5.93 8.25 7.81 7.43 7.10 6.81 6.33 5.92
295 0.208 A393 8.33 7.89 7.52 7.19 6.90 6.42 6.03 8.33 7.89 7.52 7.19 6.90 6.42 5.96
305 0.218 A393 8.40 7.97 7.60 7.28 6.99 6.51 6.12 8.40 7.97 7.60 7.28 6.99 6.51 6.01

Fire Rating 1.5 hour Fire Rating 2.0 hours


Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
225 0.138 A142 7.64 7.16 6.76 6.42 6.12 5.64 4.90 – – – – – – –
235 0.148 A193 7.76 7.28 6.89 6.55 6.25 5.77 5.07 7.62 7.15 6.76 6.43 6.14 5.51 4.80
245 0.158 A193 7.87 7.40 7.00 6.67 6.37 5.89 5.23 7.73 7.27 6.88 6.55 6.26 5.70 4.97
255 0.168 A193 7.97 7.51 7.12 6.78 6.49 6.00 5.38 7.83 7.37 6.99 6.66 6.37 5.87 5.13
265 0.178 A252 8.06 7.61 7.22 6.89 6.60 6.11 5.49 7.92 7.47 7.09 6.77 6.48 5.99 5.25
275 0.188 A252 8.15 7.70 7.32 6.99 6.70 6.21 5.56 8.00 7.56 7.19 6.86 6.58 6.07 5.33
285 0.198 A252 8.23 7.79 7.41 7.08 6.79 6.31 5.62 8.08 7.65 7.28 6.96 6.67 6.14 5.40
295 0.208 A393 8.30 7.87 7.50 7.17 6.88 6.40 5.68 8.16 7.73 7.36 7.04 6.76 6.20 5.46
305 0.218 A393 8.38 7.95 7.58 7.26 6.97 6.49 5.73 8.23 7.81 7.44 7.13 6.85 6.26 5.52
Note:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Kingspan Toolkit Software.
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 79

Multideck 50
Anchored 16mm diameter Bar Reinforcement
Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 0.5 hour Fire Rating 1.0 hours
Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.95 7.38 6.92 6.54 6.21 5.68 5.27 7.95 7.38 6.92 6.54 6.21 5.68 5.27
225 0.138 A142 8.10 7.54 7.08 6.69 6.36 5.83 5.41 8.10 7.54 7.08 6.69 6.36 5.83 5.41
235 0.148 A193 8.24 7.68 7.22 6.84 6.51 5.97 5.54 8.24 7.68 7.22 6.84 6.51 5.97 5.54
245 0.158 A193 8.37 7.82 7.36 6.97 6.64 6.10 5.67 8.37 7.82 7.38 6.97 6.64 6.10 5.67
255 0.168 A193 8.50 7.94 7.49 7.10 6.77 6.23 5.80 8.50 7.94 7.49 7.10 6.77 6.23 5.80
265 0.178 A252 8.61 8.08 7.61 7.23 6.89 6.35 5.91 8.61 8.06 7.61 7.23 6.89 6.35 5.91

Multideck 60
275 0.188 A252 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.34 7.01 6.46 6.03 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.34 7.01 6.46 6.03
285 0.198 A252 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.45 7.12 6.57 6.13 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.45 7.12 8.57 6.13
295 0.208 A393 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.56 7.23 6.68 6.24 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.56 7.23 6.68 6.24
305 0.218 A393 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.66 7.33 6.78 6.34 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.66 7.33 6.78 6.34

Fire Rating 1.5 hour Fire Rating 2.0 hours


Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.95 7.38 6.92 6.54 6.21 5.68 5.27 – – – – – – –
225 0.138 A142 8.10 7.54 7.08 6.69 6.36 5.83 5.41 8.10 7.54 7.08 6.69 6.36 5.83 5.41
235 0.148 A193 8.24 7.68 7.22 6.84 6.51 5.97 5.54 8.24 7.68 7.22 6.84 6.51 5.97 5.54
245 0.158 A193 8.37 7.82 7.36 6.97 6.64 6.10 5.67 8.37 7.82 7.36 6.97 6.64 6.10 5.67
255 0.168 A193 8.50 7.94 7.49 7.10 6.77 6.23 5.80 8.50 7.94 7.49 7.10 6.77 6.23 5.80
265 0.178 A252 8.61 8.06 7.61 7.23 6.89 6.35 5.91 8.61 8.06 7.61 7.23 6.89 6.35 5.91
275 0.188 A252 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.34 7.01 6.46 6.03 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.34 7.01 6.46 6.03
285 0.198 A252 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.45 7.12 6.57 6.13 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.45 7.12 6.57 6.13
295 0.208 A393 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.56 7.23 6.68 6.34 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.56 7.23 6.68 6.24

Multideck 80
305 0.218 A393 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.66 7.33 6.78 6.34 9.01 8.48 8.04 4.66 7.33 6.78 6.34
Note:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Kingspan Toolkit Software.

Multideck 146
80 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Fire Resistance Load / Span Tables

Unanchored 16mm diameter Bar Reinforcement


Normal Weight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 0.5 hour Fire Rating 1.0 hours
Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.54 6.71 5.96 5.36 4.87 4.12 3.57 7.24 6.33 5.62 5.06 4.59 3.88 3.36
225 0.138 A142 7.67 6.97 6.21 5.60 5.10 4.32 3.75 7.51 6.59 5.87 5.30 4.82 4.09 3.55
235 0.148 A193 7.79 7.21 6.44 5.82 5.31 4.52 3.93 7.77 6.84 6.12 5.53 5.04 4.29 3.74
245 0.158 A193 7.89 7.42 6.66 6.04 5.52 4.71 4.11 7.89 7.08 6.35 5.75 5.26 4.49 3.91
255 0.168 A193 7.99 7.53 6.88 6.24 5.72 4.89 4.28 7.99 7.31 6.57 5.96 5.46 4.67 4.08
265 0.178 A252 8.08 7.63 7.01 6.38 5.85 5.02 4.40 8.08 7.45 6.71 6.11 5.60 4.81 4.21
275 0.188 A252 8.17 7.72 7.08 6.45 5.93 5.10 4.48 8.17 7.52 6.79 6.19 5.69 4.90 4.30
285 0.198 A252 8.25 7.81 7.14 6.52 6.00 5.18 4.55 8.25 7.58 6.86 6.27 5.77 4.98 4.38
295 0.208 A393 8.33 7.89 7.19 6.58 6.07 5.25 4.62 8.33 7.63 6.93 6.34 5.84 5.05 4.45
305 0.218 A393 8.40 7.97 7.24 6.64 6.13 5.32 4.69 8.40 7.68 6.99 6.41 5.91 5.13 4.53

Fire Rating 1.5 hour Fire Rating 2.0 hours


Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
225 0.138 A142 6.99 6.13 5.46 4.93 4.49 3.81 3.30 – – – – – – –
235 0.148 A193 7.26 6.39 5.72 5.17 4.71 4.01 3.49 6.87 6.05 4.51 4.89 4.46 3.80 3.30
245 0.158 A193 7.51 6.64 5.96 5.40 4.93 4.21 3.67 7.14 6.31 5.66 5.12 4.68 4.00 3.49
255 0.168 A193 7.75 6.88 6.18 5.62 5.14 4.40 3.85 7.39 6.56 5.89 5.35 4.90 4.19 3.66
265 0.178 A252 7.91 7.04 6.34 5.77 5.30 4.54 3.98 7.56 6.73 6.06 5.51 5.06 4.34 3.80
275 0.188 A252 7.98 7.12 6.44 5.87 5.39 4.64 4.07 7.64 6.82 6.16 5.62 5.16 4.44 3.90
285 0.198 A252 8.04 7.20 6.52 5.96 5.48 4.73 4.16 7.72 6.91 6.26 5.72 5.26 4.54 3.99
295 0.208 A393 8.10 7.27 6.60 6.04 5.57 4.81 4.24 7.79 6.99 6.35 5.81 5.35 4.63 4.08
305 0.218 A393 8.15 7.34 6.67 6.12 5.65 4.89 4.32 7.85 7.07 6.43 5.89 5.44 4.72 4.16
Note:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Kingspan Toolkit Software.
Multideck 146 Structural Steel Products 81

Multideck 50
Unanchored 16mm diameter Bar Reinforcement
Lightweight Concrete – Unpropped Construction
Fire Rating 0.5 hour Fire Rating 1.0 hours
Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.95 7.38 6.59 5.88 5.30 4.44 3.82 7.95 7.38 6.50 5.80 5.24 4.38 3.77
225 0.138 A142 8.10 7.54 6.88 6.15 5.56 4.67 4.02 8.10 7.54 6.80 6.08 5.50 4.61 3.97
235 0.148 A193 8.24 7.68 7.16 6.41 5.81 4.89 4.22 8.24 7.68 7.08 6.34 5.75 4.83 4.17
245 0.158 A193 8.37 7.82 7.36 6.67 6.05 5.11 4.41 8.37 7.82 7.35 6.60 5.99 5.05 4.37
255 0.168 A193 8.50 7.94 7.49 6.92 6.29 5.32 4.61 8.50 7.94 7.49 6.85 6.22 5.26 4.56
265 0.178 A252 8.61 8.06 7.61 7.09 6.45 5.47 4.75 8.61 8.06 7.61 7.02 6.39 5.42 4.70

Multideck 60
275 0.188 A252 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.19 6.55 5.57 4.84 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.12 6.49 5.52 4.80
285 0.198 A252 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.28 6.65 5.66 4.93 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.22 6.59 5.61 4.89
295 0.208 A393 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.37 6.74 5.75 5.02 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.31 6.68 5.70 4.98
305 0.218 A393 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.45 6.82 5.84 5.10 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.39 6.77 5.79 5.06

Fire Rating 1.5 hour Fire Rating 2.0 hours


Slab Concrete Min Total Applied Load (kN/m2) Total Applied Load (kN/m2)
Depth Volume Mesh
(mm) (m3) Size 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges Maximum Span (m) all 146 Gauges
215 0.128 A142 7.95 7.27 6.39 5.70 5.14 4.30 3.70 – – – – – – –
225 0.138 A142 8.10 7.54 6.69 5.98 5.40 4.54 3.91 8.10 7.42 6.54 5.84 5.28 4.43 3.82
235 0.148 A193 8.24 7.68 6.97 6.24 5.66 4.76 4.11 8.24 7.68 6.82 6.11 5.54 4.66 4.02
245 0.158 A193 8.37 7.82 7.24 6.50 5.90 4.98 4.30 8.37 7.82 7.10 6.37 5.78 4.88 4.22
255 0.168 A193 8.50 7.94 7.49 6.75 6.14 5.19 4.50 8.50 7.94 7.36 6.63 6.02 5.09 4.41
265 0.178 A252 8.61 8.06 7.61 6.93 6.31 5.35 4.64 8.61 8.06 7.55 6.81 6.19 5.25 4.56
275 0.188 A252 8.72 8.18 7.73 7.03 6.41 5.45 4.74 8.72 8.18 7.66 6.91 6.30 5.36 4.66
285 0.198 A252 8.82 8.29 7.84 7.13 6.51 5.55 4.83 8.82 8.29 7.76 7.02 6.41 5.46 4.75
295 0.208 A393 8.92 8.39 7.94 7.22 6.61 5.64 4.92 8.92 8.39 7.85 7.11 6.50 5.55 4.84

Multideck 80
305 0.218 A393 9.01 8.48 8.04 7.31 6.70 5.73 5.01 9.01 8.48 7.94 7.20 6.60 5.64 4.93
Note:
These values are for unpropped spans only. For cases where the deck is propped please use the Kingspan Toolkit Software.

Multideck 146
82 Structural Steel Products Multideck 146

Sound Attenuation

Predicted Site Acoustic Performance of Floors with Multideck 146


Predicted Acoustic Performance DnT,w + Ctr (dB) for Airborne Sound
Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
215 35 to 39 49 to 53 48 to 52 50 to 54 49 to 53
225 36 to 40 50 to 54 49 to 53 51 to 55 50 to 54
235 37 to 41 51 to 55 50 to 54 52 to 56 51 to 55
245 38 to 42 52 to 56 51 to 55 53 to 57 52 to 56
255 39 to 43 53 to 57 52 to 56 54 to 58 53 to 57
265 40 to 44 54 to 58 53 to 57 55 to 59 54 to 58
275 41 to 45 55 to 59 54 to 58 56 to 60 55 to 59
285 41 to 45 55 to 59 54 to 58 56 to 60 55 to 59
295 42 to 46 56 to 60 55 to 59 57 to 61 56 to 60
305 43 to 47 57 to 61 56 to 60 58 to 62 57 to 61

Predicted Acoustic Performance L’nT,w (dB) for Impact Sound


Slab Description of Floor
Depth Slab on Deck with no Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with Slab on Deck with
(mm) Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and no Floor Ceiling and Platform Ceiling and Battened Ceiling and Isolated
Treatment Treatment Floor (FFT4) Floor (FFT3) Screed
215 to 305 78 to 82 70 to 74 51 to 55 52 to 56 48 to 52
Note:
Values shown shaded are not sufficient for separating floors in residential buildings.
For floor systems which comprise a composite slab (depth = 215 to 305mm) on Multideck 146 deck, a suspended ceiling and a floor treatment, the airborne and impact sound
insulation provided will easily satisfy the requirements for separating floors in residential buildings.
The junction details between the walls and floors must be appropriately detailed to ensure flanking sound is minimised.
Kingspan Insulated Panels’ Structural Products & Systems sub-division is a member of The Steel Construction Institute and has undertaken extensive testing on the accoustic
performance of the Multideck range of composite steel slabs. The testing was carried out on behalf of Kingspan by The Steel Construction Institute and resulted in a
comprehensive report: ‘Acoustic Performance of Kingspan Composite Floors’, copies of which can be obtained from our Technical Services Department.
Multideck 146
Structural Steel Products
83

Multideck 146 Multideck 80 Multideck 60 Multideck 50


84 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 50-V3
Side Detail

Restraint strap
Shear stud Concrete slab

Slab edge trim

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

50 min

Multideck 50-V3
composite metal deck

Side Detail
Composite Beam Design
Min edge distance 6d to CL stud from
edge of slab (BS 5950 : PT 3 Section 3:1)
Concrete slab

Slab edge trim

Trim depth
varies to suit slab
Multideck 50-V3 Restraint strap
composite metal deck Shear stud
40 min

50 min
Multideck Structural Steel Products 85

Side Detail with Cantilever


Slab edge trim

Trim depth varies Shear stud


to suit slab
Concrete slab

Restraint
strap

Maximum
cantilever
50 min

40 min

Multideck 50-V3
composite metal deck

Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers (mm)

Edge Trim Gauge (mm)


Slab Depth (mm) 1.2 2.0
120 126 187
130 123 183
140 121 180
150 119 177
160 117 174
175 115 170
200 – 165
250 – 156
These values are for guidance only.
Notes:
1. Deflection is limited to 3.0mm (approx) under wet weight of concrete only.
2. The table can be used for normal and lightweight concrete.
3. An allowance of 1.5kN/m2 is made for construction imposed load in the
bending capacity analysis.
4. Edge trim acts as permanent formwork only. Any necessary cantilever
reinforcement should be designed to BS 8110 requirements.
5. We recommend that slabs of 200mm and over use 2.0mm edge trim.
6. Assumes that edge restraint straps are fixed as least every 600mm.
Omagh College, Tyrone, Ireland.
Photo Courtesy of Composite Design Ireland Ltd.
86 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 50-V3
End Detail
Concrete slab Multideck 50-V3
Shear stud composite metal deck
Slab edge trim

Restraint strap

Trim depth
varies to
suit slab

Maximum
cantilever
End closure tape or foam to
50 min prevent excessive grout loss

50 min

End Detail with Cantilever

Slab edge trim Shear stud


Concrete slab
Restraint strap

Trim depth
varies to
suit slab

Multideck 50-V3
composite metal deck

Notes:
1. All dimensions are nominal and to be used as a guide for setting out details
2. Construction stage deck cantilevers should be limited to the lesser of
(a) 1/4 x adjacent span, or (b) 600mm.
3. Decking acts as permanent formwork only for cantilever slabs:
any necessary cantilever reinforcement should be designed to
BS 8110 requirements by the Engineer.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 87

Intermediate Beam Detail


Concrete slab

Slab Shear stud


depth
varies

Multideck 50-V3
composite metal deck

40 min

40 min
88 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 50-V3
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay

Concrete slab
Slab depth varies

Shear stud

End closure tape or foam to prevent


excessive grout loss

Multideck 50-V3 composite


metal deck
Multideck Structural Steel Products 89

Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay with Ledger Angle


Concrete slab

Slab depth varies

Multideck 50-V3
composite metal deck

Ledger angle projection


(see diagram below)
End closure tape or foam to
prevent excessive grout loss
50mm min bearing

Multideck Supported on Ledger Angles


Where Multideck is supported on ledger angles check deck
length (L) required to fit and provide minimum bearing of
50mm at a each end as follows.
L (Max.) = S – (F/2 + T/2 + 20mm)
L (Min.) = C + (50 x 2)

beam c/c S (mm)

deck length L
(mm)
flange width
F (mm)

final position of deck

web
50mm clear between shelf angles C (mm) 50mm T (mm)
min. bearing min. bearing
90 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 60-V2 and 80-V2
Side Detail
Composite Beam Design
Min edge distance 6d to CL stud
from edge of slab (BS 5950 :
PT 3 Section 3:1)
Concrete slab
Shear stud Restraint strap

Slab edge trim

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

50 min

40 min
Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2
composite metal deck

Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers (mm)

Edge Trim Gauge (mm)


Slab Depth (mm) 1.2 2.0
120 126 187
130 123 183
140 121 180
150 119 177
160 117 174
175 115 170
200 – 165
250 – 156
These values are for guidance only.
Notes:
1. Deflection is limited to 3.0mm (approx) under wet weight of concrete only.
2. The table can be used for normal and lightweight concrete.
3. An allowance of 1.5kN/m2 is made for construction imposed load in the
bending capacity analysis.
4. Edge trim acts as permanent formwork only. Any necessary cantilever
reinforcement should be designed to BS 8110 requirements.
5. We recommend that slabs of 200mm and over use 2.0mm edge trim.
6. Assumes that edge restraint straps are fixed as least every 600mm.
Two Towers, Arnhem, Netherlands.
Photo Courtesy of MSW (UK) Ltd.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 91

Side Detail using Closure Trim

Slab edge trim


Shear stud Concrete slab

Restraint
strap

Trim depth
varies to
suit slab

Maximum
cantilever

50 min Multideck side


closure profile ‘A’
Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2
40 min composite metal deck
100 max

Side Detail – Multideck Cut to Width

Concrete slab

Shear stud
Slab edge trim

Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2


Restraint strap
composite metal deck

Trim depth
varies to
suit slab

Maximum
cantilever

50 min
100 max Multideck side
40 min closure profile ‘A’
92 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 60-V2 and 80-V2
End Detail using End Closure

Shear stud Concrete slab

Slab edge trim

Restraint strap

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

Maximum
cantilever

50 min
End closure piece to prevent Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2
excessive grout loss composite metal deck

End Detail Multideck Cantilever

Slab edge trim Shear stud Concrete slab

Restraint strap

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

50 min

Maximum cantilever
(see note 1) Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2
composite metal deck

Note:
1. Construction stage deck cantilevers should be limited to the lesser
of (a) 1/4 x adjacent span, or (b) 600mm.
2. Decking acts as permanent formwork only for cantilever slabs:
any necessary cantilever reinforcement should be designed to
BS 8110 requirements by the Engineer.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 93

Intermediate Beam using Closure Trim

Concrete slab
Shear stud

Slab depth
varies

100 max

Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2


40 min composite metal deck

Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay

Slab depth varies Concrete slab

Shear stud

End closure piece to prevent


excessive grout loss

Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2


composite metal deck
94 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 60-V2 and 80-V2
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay with Ledger Angle

Concrete slab Slab depth varies

Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2


composite metal deck

End closure piece to prevent 50mm min Ledger angle projection


excessive grout loss bearing (see diagram below)

Multideck Supported on Ledger Angles


Where Multideck is supported on ledger angles check deck
length (L) required to fit and provide minimum bearing of
50mm at a each end as follows.
L (Max.) = S – (F/2 + T/2 + 20mm)
L (Min.) = C + (50 x 2)

beam c/c S (mm)

deck length L
(mm)
flange width
F (mm)

final position of deck

web
50mm clear between shelf angles C (mm) 50mm T (mm)
min. bearing min. bearing
Multideck Structural Steel Products 95
96 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck (all profiles)
Minimum Bearing Surface
End Bearing on Brick or Blockwork Walls Continuous Bearing on Brick or Blockwork Walls

70
min 100
min

End Bearing on Steel or Concrete Continuous Bearing on Steel or Concrete

75
50
min
min
Multideck Structural Steel Products 97

Construction Details
Multideck 146
Side Detail
Composite Beam Design
Min. edge distance 6d to CL stud
from edge of slab (BS 5950 :
PT 3 Section 3:1)

Restraint strap Concrete slab

Slab edge trim

Shear stud

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

50 min

40 min

Multideck 146 composite metal deck

Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers (mm)

Edge Trim Gauge (mm)


Slab Depth (mm) 1.2 2.0 2.7
215 110 163 205
225 109 161 202
235 107 159 200
245 106 158 198
255 105 156 196
265 104 155 194
275 103 153 193
285 102 152 191
These values are for guidance only.
Notes:
1. Deflection is limited to 3.0mm (approx) under wet weight of concrete only.
2. The table can be used for normal and lightweight concrete.
3. An allowance of 1.5kN/m2 is made for construction imposed load in the
bending capacity analysis.
4. Edge trim acts as permanent formwork only. Any necessary cantilever
reinforcement should be designed to BS 8110 requirements.
5. Assumes that edge restraint straps are fixed as least every 600mm.
98 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Construction Details
Multideck 146
Side Detail using Closure Trim

Restraint strap Concrete slab

Slab edge trim Shear stud

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

Maximum
cantilever
50 min

40 min Multideck side closure Multideck 146 composite metal deck

100 max

Side Detail – Multideck Cut to Width

Restraint strap Concrete slab

Slab edge trim Shear stud

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

Maximum
cantilever

50 min

40 min Multideck side closure Multideck 146 composite metal deck

100 max
Multideck Structural Steel Products 99

End Detail using End Closure

Shear stud Concrete slab


Slab edge trim

Restraint strap

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

Maximum
cantilever
50 min

End closure piece to prevent Multideck 146


excessive grout loss composite metal deck

End Detail Multideck Cantilever

Shear stud Concrete slab


Slab edge trim

Restraint strap

Trim depth varies


to suit slab

50 min

Maximum cantilever
(see note 1) Multideck 146 composite metal deck

Note:
1. Construction stage deck cantilevers should be limited to the lesser
of (a) 1/4 x adjacent span, or (b) 600mm.
2. Decking acts as permanent formwork only for cantilever slabs:
any necessary cantilever reinforcement should be designed to
BS 8110 requirements by the Engineer.
100 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework

Transport and Site Access Quality Control On-site


Delivery vehicles are up to 16m long with a maximum gross Quality control on site should be based on the
weight of 30 tonnes and a turning circle of 25m. They require an recommendations of BS 8000: Part 2 Concrete Work.
access road at least 4m wide and 12m of good hard standing
to allow for crane-operated unloading. Standard loads will not
exceed 25 tonnes. Storage
Multideck should be stored under cover or beneath waterproof
tarpaulins, off the ground on suitable timber framing with good
Unloading
air circulation around the sheet. The sheets should slope to drain
Unloading of vehicles on-site is the responsibility of others. away any rain water which may enter the storage area.
Safe Off Loading Systems Available When exposed to moisture, galvanised deck will develop a
Trailers with an integral fall arrest system are available on coating of zinc oxide. If left, this may reduce the degree of
request. Please liase with your Customer Service contact when protection, so it is important to inspect regularly for moisture,
discussing deliveries. Trailers equipped with Moffett mounted and take immediate remedial action.
truck mountable fork lift trucks are also available.
Fork Lift Trucks
Sheets of Multideck up to 7m long can be off loaded by fork Handling
lift trucks. Sheets longer than 7m should be lifted by crane. When deck has to be lifted onto the building framework,
Multideck should be placed directly onto the supporting care must be taken to avoid damage by using suitable lifting
steelwork. If this is impractical, it should be stored as equipment. Use of unprotected chains will cause damage and
recommended under ‘Storage’. are not recommended. Sheet corners must be protected as
these are particularly vulnerable to damage.
Never walk on deck in the stack or before it is securely fixed in
Deck Identification
position (see also ‘Safety’).
All Multideck bundles are marked to correspond with the
Multideck sheets must not be dragged from the stack.
customers identification requirements. Identification includes
Remove by lifting off one at a time.
floor location, grid location, deck length, gauge and direction of
lay. Where possible, bundles should be lifted from the transport Full personnel safety equipment must be used at all times.
and placed on the support frame ready for fixing.
See pages 102 and 103.
Safety
Important
We recommend that all Multideck profiles are installed with
the appropriate safety considerations. Following full risk
assessment. Safety nets are a recognised solution for
most cases.
Handling Hazards
Multideck may have a residual protective coating when
delivered and should be handled with care.
See BSC HS Data Sheet 18.
Eye Hazards
Care should be taken when breaking the strapping around
bundles. Eye protectors conforming to the latest British
Standard should always be worn.
Protective Clothing
To prevent laceration of skin, contamination by oil and risks to
eyes and hands, protective overalls, gloves and eye protection
should be worn at all times.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 101

Multideck 50-V3
Tape ends to avoid
Multideck Weights excessive grout loss
Multideck 50-V3 Gauge Self Weight (kg/m2)
0.85 mm 11.42
0.9 mm 12.89
1.0 mm 14.36
1.1 mm 15.83
1.2 mm 17.29

Multideck 60-V2 Gauge Self Weight (kg/m2) Multideck 60-V2 and 80-V2
0.9 mm 9.34 End closure piece to prevent
1.0 mm 10.37 excessive grout loss
1.1 mm 11.41
1.2 mm 12.45
Multideck 146
End closure
Multideck 80-V2 Gauge Self Weight (kg/m2)
piece
1.0mm 11.49
1.1mm 12.64
1.2 mm 13.83

Multideck 146 Gauge Self Weight (kg/m2)


1.2 mm 19.4
1.5 mm 24.3

Tape overlap ends to prevent


excessive grout loss

Matthew Boulton College, Birmingham, UK


Photo Courtesy of MSW (UK) Ltd.
102 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework

Pack ID
These should be read in conjunction with the customers
identification requirements.
All Multideck bundles are marked to correspond with the
customers identification requirements. Identification includes
floor location, grid location, deck length, gauge and direction of
lay. Where possible, bundles should be lifted from the transport
and placed on the support frame ready for fixing.
Packing labels and plans for Multideck are designed to make
life easier on site.

Direction of Lay
Position pack at indicated position. Orientate the pack so that
the direction of lay strip faces the direction indicated on the
deck layout drawing.

Pack ID Completed deck layout from layout drawing opposite


Multideck Structural Steel Products 103

Example of Typical Layout Drawing (normally provided by deck fixer)

Plan Key
52975C

No. of Studs Direction Position of pack


along beam of lay on steelwork
104 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework
Primary fixing of the Multideck
Prior to laying the Multideck the supports should be inspected Where the Multideck will subsequently be through deck stud
to ensure that they are sound and suitable for the purpose. welded a fixing size and specification can be chosen to support
Engineers and contractors are advised to consult the SCI P300, the temporary load case only. Typical fixings would be Spit SDK9,
MCRMA Technical Paper 13 ‘Composite Slabs and beams using Hilti X-U 15 or similar. The suitability for use on a project for any
steel decking: Best practice for design and construction’. And fixing type must be checked with the fixing supplier.
the BCSA code of practice for ‘Metal Decking and Stud Welding’.
If through deck stud welding is not being used the fixings should
Multideck sheets must be laid and securely fixed to the support be sized by the engineer to suit the support beam restraint
structure using primary fixings through the trough of the requirements both in the temporary and permanent load cases.
Mutlideck to avoid dislodgment or damage prior to and during The fixing manufactures should be consulted for guidance on
the pour of the concrete. the suitability and application of the fixing types.
There are a number of fixing types that may be employed to Typical fixings to consider are Hilti X-ENP-19, Spit SBR14, Spit
secure the Multideck to the supporting structure, but, in general HSBR14 or similar. The restraint requirements for steel beams
shot-fired fixings are both fast and economical. can be obtained from the structural design standard used –
for example BS5950 Part 3 section 3.1: Appendix A.2.3
Where Multideck is supported on concrete beams or masonry,
shot fired fixings may still be employed or use Spit Tapcon
concrete screws or the Hilti HUS (Hilti Universal Screw).
See manufactures literature for guidance. For fixing to other
materials and for further information contact the fixing
manufacturer.

(A) Fixings on both


sides of butt joint

Multideck 50-V3 (A) = 500mm Max


A Multideck 60-V2 (A) = 323mm
A Multideck 80-V2 (A) = 300mm
A Multideck 146 (A) = 530mm Max.
A

(B) Intermediate
fixings at lap only

Butt joint
on beam

A
(A) Fixings
A
A

Intermediate
beam

Edge beam
Multideck Structural Steel Products 105

Minimum Fixing Numbers for Multideck Side Lap Fixings


More fixings may be required if they are solely providing the Self drill self tapping screws are generally used in the side lap
restraint to the support beam joints to control grout loss.
MD50-V3 MD50-V3
Every sheet must have two fixings at the panel ends, and Side lap fixings are not normally required
two fixings at any internal supports. Fixings must be placed
MD60 V2 and MD80-V2
one in a trough.
Fixings at mid span are required. For spans above 3.0m
MD60 V2 and MD80-V2 additional fixings at 1.5m maximum spacing are required.
Every sheet must have one fixing in each trough at the
MD146
Multideck ends, and one fixing in the lap trough at any
Fixings at max spacing of 1.5m long the side lap.
internal supports of that Multideck sheet.
MD146
Every sheet must have one fixing in each trough at the panel
ends, and one fixing in the lap trough at any internal supports.
MD146 is normally used single span.
106 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework
Multideck 50 / 60 / 80 – Shear Studs
Shear Studs Concrete Cover to Studs
Where the supporting beam is engineered to be composite The concrete cover over the stud should not be less than 15mm.
with the slab, shear connection is required between the steel If the concrete is required to protect the connector against
beam and the concrete. This shear connection takes the form of corrosion it should not be less than 20mm
headed studs which can be through deck stud welded to the top
flange of the beam on site. Or if the deck is used in single span
lengths the studs can be welded directly to the top of the beam Stud Strengths
in the fabrication shop.
Where shear studs are used to provide composite beam action
Use of the deck single span has serious cost issues for the slab the stud strength in the concrete can be calculated to BS5950
so the use of double span deck lengths is the norm. part 3 Section 3.1 using the Multideck geometry
Where the concrete is reinforced with Dramix Steel fibres the
shear stud strengths calculated from BS5950 part 3 section
Shear Stud Sizes and Lengths
3.1 may be used as they are conservative or use the design
Shear studs for through deck welding are 19mm diameter guide supplied by Bekaert.
headed studs of varying lengths. The material is low carbon
For the MD146 deck the stud strength values see page 108 or
steel with a minimum yield strength of 350N/mm2 and a
contact Structural Products Technical Department.
minimum ultimate tensile strength of 450N/mm2.
The length of shear studs is given as the length after welding
LAW and for Multideck the shear stud should extend not less Stud Welding Equipment
than 35mm over the shoulder of the deck i.e.
Multideck 50-V3 use standard stud length of 95mm LAW Welding equipment should be from a reputable manufacturer
with a minimum of 200KVA for a diesel generator or mains
Multideck 60-V2 use standard stud length of 95mm LAW power at 415V 3 phase fused at 100A per phase. Adequate earth
Multideck 80-V2 use standard stud length of 120mm LAW connection is required if through deck welds are to be made.

Steel Beam Support


The flange thickness of the underlying support beam should
not be less than 0.4 x the stud diameter or 7.6mm for the
19 diameter stud. The top flange of the steel beam must be
unpainted if studs are to be successfully through deck welded
The flange of the supporting beam must be of sufficient width
where shear studs are provided in pairs – see the diagram on
page 107 for dimensions.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 107

Stud Layout Geometry Pre Welded Studs


The following data is intended to be used only as a guide. Shear studs can be welded directly to the top flange in the
Final design criteria are the responsibility of the design agency fabrication shop but this requires that the Multideck is used
and / or a qualified design engineer. in single span lengths.
1) The spacing of the studs should not be less than With pre welded studs all of the beam can be protected
– 95mm in the direction of the shear force or against corrosion. However, use of the deck single span has
diagonal dimension serious cost issues for the slab so the use of double span deck
lengths is the norm.
– 76mm transverse to the direction of the shear force and
when studs are in line The position of the shear studs along the beam should be laid
– 57mm transverse to the direction of the shear force out to line through with the troughs in the deck transverse to
when studs are in a diagonal pattern the beam span.
2) The longitudinal spacing of the studs should not exceed the Stud layouts and beam flange size should be considered
lesser of 600mm or 4 x the slab depth. carefully to ensure there is a minimum bearing of 50mm for the
3) The distance between the edge of a stud and the edge of the deck and that the practicalities of placing packs of deck safely
steel beam flange should not be less than 20mm. and laying out the deck are taken account of.
4) Where studs are required along a beam and the deck is
transverse to the beam – the studs must be spaced to suit
the location of the deck troughs. Other Forms of Shear Connector
5) Where there is a Multideck joint over the supporting beam Different shear connectors can be used to make the shear joint
and one stud per trough. The studs should be through deck between the steel beam and the concrete.
welded in alternate troughs on each deck. So that each deck
end in anchored by studs in alternate troughs. Mechanical brackets using shot fired pins to anchor to the steel
beam are available but generally have a much lower shear
capacity than that of through deck welded studs.

Stud Positioning – Multideck 50-V3 Stud Positioning – Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2

One shear Pairs of shear


stud per trough studs per trough
in staggered pattern

<l 76mm

<l 57mm
20mm
min
20mm min
<l 9
5m
m
108 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework
Multideck 146 – Shear Studs
Through Deck Stud Welding Prefixed to Beams
Multideck 146 is available in gauges 1.2 and 1.5mm and Multideck 146 has been optimised for single span performance
all gauges can be through deck stud welded to suitable so is ideal for use with beams that have the shear studs placed
supporting beams. in the fabrication shop, avoiding or vastly reducing the need
to weld on-site.
Shear studs are 19mm diameter headed shear studs of low
carbon steel, with a minimum yield point of 350N/mm2 and an While the Multideck 146 is generally used with 19mm
ultimate tensile strength of 450N/mm2. diameter studs, it can equally be used with other types
of shear attachment.
For the Multideck 146 the length of shear stud is 200mm or
195mm LAW and 19mm diameter. Stud layout should be placed carefully to ensure there is a
minimum bearing of 50mm and that the practicalities of
The stud capacity for 195mm LAW 19mm diameter studs used
placing packs of deck and laying out the deck are taken
with Multideck 146 and 25/30* concrete is:
account of.
One stud Prd = 28.2 kN each stud
Two studs Prd = 19.6 kN each stud
Pair of studs must be at least 76mm apart in the transverse Stud Positioning – Multideck 146
direction hence, the smallest flange width for two studs
is 135mm.
Multideck 146 with studs placed in every trough provides
minimum spacing of 265mm.
Where single studs per trough are used and the deck is single
span, the stud placement should be staggered in alternate
troughs on each deck.
*For other concrete strengths contact Kingspan Structural Technical Department.

Single Stud per Trough at Butt Joint Pairs of Shear Studs per Trough

20mm 20mm
135mm
min min
min
<l 76mm
Flange
Width
20mm
min

Note: Centre line of studs must be a Minimum of 33mm from end of deck.

Alternate Detail – Pairs of Shear Studs per Trough staggered


pattern at overlap <l 76mm

20mm
min
<l 57mm
<l
95
m
m
Multideck Structural Steel Products 109

Formation of Holes in Multideck Floor Slabs


The following empirical rules are based on recommendations as given in the Concrete Society report on standard details and the
Steel Construction Institute publication ‘Good Practice in Composite Floor Construction’.
Structural Limitatio­ns Construction Details
Where the slab is supporting uniformly distributed loads the 1. Holes not trimmed by supporting beams should be boxed
following rules may be applied. If concentrated or line loads out with the formwork prior to concreting and the hole in the
exist adjacent to holes a special analysis may be required. deck should not be cut until the concrete has achieved at
least 75% of its design strength.
Holes should be formed after the slab is cast, shutters being
used to make a void in the concrete. 2. Holes up to 300mm square will not require additional
reinforcement or trimming beams.
1. No hole should be closer than its width to an
3. Holes over 300mm square up to 500mm square will require
unsupported edge.
the following additional reinforcement if trimming support
2. The maximum width of hole measured transversely to the beams are not provided.
span of the slab should not be greater than 700mm without
a. One T 20 bar in each trough either side of the hole (or
additional trimming support beams.
multiple smaller bars giving equivalent area).
3. In any 4m width of slab measured transversely to the span
b. One T 20 bar across each end of the hole on the deck
of the slab, not more than 1/4 of the slab width should be
transverse to the slab span (or multiple smaller bars giving
removed by all holes in the span under consideration.
equivalent area).
For slabs less than 4m wide the permissible width of
holes should be reduced proportionately. c. Two additional high yield bars of the same diameter as the
mesh parallel to each edge of the hole at mesh level.
4. The length of hole measured parallel to the slab span should
All reinforcing bars should extend an anchorage length
not be greater than 1/4 of the span without provision of
beyond the edges of the hole.
trimming support beams.
4. Holes over 500mm square up to 700mm square will require
5. When the distance between holes is less than 1 1/2 times the
the following additional reinforcement trimming if support
width of the largest opening, the group of holes should be
beams are not provided.
considered as a single hole with an effective length of width
taken as the perimeter of the group. a. One T 25 bar in each trough either side of the hole (or
multiple smaller bars giving the equivalent area).
The following information is for guidance only. The design
and detailing of additional trimming reinforcement around b. One T 25 bar across each end of the hole on the deck
voids is the responsibility of the engineer. transverse to the span (or multiple smaller bars giving
equivalent area).
Timber shutter c. Where the slab thickness is less than 200mm, provide one
T 25 bar diagonally across each corner of the opening
between the bottom transverse bars and the mesh
(or multiple smaller bars giving equivalent area).
d. Where the slab thickness is greater than or equal to 200mm
provide one T 25 bar diagonally across each corner of the
opening both immediately above the bottom transverse bars
and also under the top mesh (or multiple smaller bars giving
equivalent area).
e. Three additional high yield bars of the same diameter as the
mesh across each edge of the hole at mesh level.
5. Holes over 700mm square will require trimming support
beams around the opening.
Dense polystyrene blocks
110 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework
Multideck 50 / 60 / 80 – Temporary Supports
Do I Need to Prop? Layout and Location of Props
Decking is usually designed and sized to be self supporting The deck layout drawing should show the location and extent
during the construction stage where the deck alone supports of props to the deck. If there is any doubt on the requirement
the weight of the wet concrete and construction loads. for props consult the span tables on page 111 or use the
Temporary props are only required where the actual deck Multideck software.
support centres exceed the construction stage performance
Normally props are positioned at mid span (one line of props)
of the deck as shown in the tables on page 111.
or third points (two lines of props) within the span.
There may be small areas of floor in a building where
Props normally consist of lengths of timber bearer and / or
propping is required even though the rest of the floor remains
steel runners placed directly below the deck and supported on
unpropped – typically these areas that require props include:-
adjustable steel tubes (Acrows). The width of the timber and or
– Decking bays where infill is required after the removal of the steel plates should provide sufficient bearing area – as a guide
tower crane. Often the deck will be in single span lengths. that would be between 75 and 100mm. The decking sheets
– Lobby areas around lift shafts where the deck may have must never be cut at the location of the temporary support nor
to be laid single span to fit in with the layout. should the deck be fixed to the temporary support.
If longer spans and / or thicker slab than those shown in the The bearer must be continuous and extend for the width of the
tables on page 113 are required the Multideck 146 should be bay. Discrete props and packs should not be used. The bearer
propped at mid span. Alternatively use the Multideck software should be supported by Acrows at approx 1.0m c/c spaced
to confirm the requirements. equally along the line of the prop and be suitably braced.
All props must be adequately founded to support the loads
that will be applied.
Other Requirements for Props Where props are being used to facilitate large spans it may be
Props may also be required to support side and end trims where necessary to have the props in place before laying the deck to
the outstand is greater than the limits shown in this literature. facilitate a safe working environment.
Where the end of the deck abuts in-situ concrete and there is no A typical temporary support is shown in the detail below.
permanent support for the end of the deck. Or where the deck Props in this arrangement are generally placed at 1.0m c/c
cantilevers beyond the support for a distance exceeding the according to the designers requirements.
deck capacity shown in this literature.
The design and provision of props is the responsibility of others.

Note:
We recommend that temporary supports
are braced in both directions for safety.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 111

Use the tables below to determine if props are required for a given condition. If the span shown in the table is greater than the
actual span on site, no temporary supports are needed. If the span shown in the table is less than your actual span, temporary
supports are required.
Determining the propping requirements is generally the responsibility of the structural designer when specifying a composite slab.
If it is subsequently ascertained that propping is required, to ensure that the completed slab can withstand the additional load from
the removal of the prop, the structural engineer must be consulted.

Normal Weight Concrete


Span Type Slab Multideck 50-V3 Multideck 60-V2 Multideck 80-V2
(support Depth Gauge – mm Gauge – mm Gauge – mm
condition) (mm) 0.85 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.2
100 3.02 3.17 3.30 3.40 3.50 – – – – – – –
110 2.94 3.08 3.22 3.31 3.42 – – – – – – –
120 2.87 3.01 3.14 3.24 3.33 3.26 3.39 3.52 3.62 – – –
130 2.78 2.94 3.07 3.16 3.25 3.15 3.28 3.40 3.50 4.03 4.13 4.22
140 2.71 2.88 3.00 3.10 3.19 3.06 3.18 3.30 3.39 3.93 4.03 4.11
150 2.63 2.82 2.94 3.04 3.12 2.97 3.09 3.21 3.30 3.84 3.93 4.02
160 2.58 2.77 2.89 2.98 3.07 2.90 3.01 3.12 3.21 3.75 3.85 3.93
175 2.49 2.70 2.81 2.90 2.99 2.79 2.91 3.02 3.10 3.65 3.74 3.82
200 2.36 2.59 2.70 2.86 2.87 2.63 2.76 2.86 2.95 3.45 3.58 3.66
250 2.16 2.38 2.53 2.61 2.69 2.37 2.54 2.63 2.71 3.16 3.27 3.37
100 3.31 3.59 3.85 4.08 4.19 – – – – – – –
110 3.21 3.49 3.74 3.97 4.12 – – – – – – –
120 3.13 2.40 3.64 3.87 4.03 3.52 3.81 4.09 4.34 – – –
130 3.05 3.32 3.55 3.77 3.95 3.42 3.70 3.97 4.21 4.53 4.83 5.11
140 2.97 3.24 3.47 3.68 3.87 3.32 3.60 3.86 4.10 4.39 4.68 4.95
150 2.89 3.17 3.39 3.59 3.78 3.24 3.51 3.76 4.00 4.26 4.54 4.81
160 2.81 3.10 3.32 3.52 3.70 3.16 3.43 3.67 3.90 4.15 4.42 4.68
175 2.71 3.00 3.22 3.40 3.59 3.05 3.31 3.55 3.76 3.99 4.25 4.50
200 2.57 2.84 3.07 3.26 3.42 2.87 3.14 3.36 3.57 3.76 4.01 4.24
250 2.35 2.58 2.80 2.99 3.13 2.58 2.84 3.07 3.26 3.46 3.62 3.84

Lightweight Concrete
Span Type Slab Multideck 50-V3 Multideck 60-V2 Multideck 80-V2
(support Depth Gauge – mm Gauge – mm Gauge – mm
condition) (mm) 0.85 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.2
100 3.22 3.38 3.52 3.62 3.72 – – – – – – –
110 3.14 3.29 3.43 3.54 3.63 – – – – – – –
120 3.06 3.21 3.35 3.45 3.55 3.46 3.64 3.74 3.82 – – –
130 3.00 3.15 3.28 3.38 3.48 3.37 3.52 3.65 3.72 4.25 4.36 4.45
140 2.94 3.08 3.21 3.31 3.40 3.28 3.42 3.54 3.64 4.14 4.25 4.34
150 2.87 3.02 3.15 3.25 3.34 3.19 3.32 3.44 3.54 4.05 4.15 4.24
160 2.80 2.96 3.09 3.19 3.28 3.11 3.24 3.36 3.45 3.96 4.06 4.15
175 2.71 2.89 3.01 3.12 3.21 3.01 3.13 3.24 3.34 3.85 3.95 4.03
200 2.58 2.78 2.90 3.00 3.08 2.86 2.97 3.08 3.17 3.69 3.79 3.87
250 2.36 2.60 2.71 2.80 2.94 2.60 2.74 2.84 2.92 3.40 3.52 3.62
100 3.51 3.76 3.83 3.89 3.95 – – – – – – –
110 3.42 3.71 3.98 4.22 4.28 – – – – – – –
120 3.34 3.63 3.89 4.12 4.25 3.72 4.04 4.33 4.59 – – –
130 3.26 3.54 3.79 4.03 4.17 3.63 3.93 4.24 4.47 4.81 5.12 5.42
140 3.19 3.47 3.72 3.94 4.10 3.54 3.84 4.11 4.36 4.67 4.98 5.27
150 3.13 3.40 3.64 3.86 4.03 3.45 3.75 4.02 4.26 4.55 4.85 5.13
160 3.06 3.33 3.57 3.79 3.97 3.38 3.66 3.93 4.17 4.44 4.73 5.00
175 2.96 3.24 3.47 3.68 3.87 3.27 3.55 3.81 4.04 4.28 4.56 4.83
200 2.81 3.10 3.32 3.52 3.70 3.12 3.38 3.62 3.85 4.06 4.32 4.58
250 2.57 2.84 3.07 3.26 3.43 2.83 3.10 3.33 3.53 3.70 3.94 4.17
Notes:
1. Temporary supports should remain in place until the concrete has achieved 75% of its 28 day cube strength often available after 7 days.
Where crack control is essential, props should not be removed until the concrete has achieved its specified design strength.
2. Span values are based on 100mm minimum support widths.
112 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Sitework
Multideck 146 – Temporary Supports
Do I Need to Prop?
Multideck 146 is designed as single span with a capacity of 6.0m
plus and as such does not normally require temporary supports
during the construction stage.
There may be cases where longer spans are required and
the deck can be propped during the construction stage.
Load tables are shown for the Multideck 146 1.5mm gauge
propped construction.
The requirement for temporary support must be clearly shown
and identified on the drawings of the deck layout. Provision of
props to deck, that was not intended to be propped, should
be checked with the engineer as the composite stage capacity
can be reduced.
If temporary supports are required, they should be provided at
mid span of the Multideck 146 so that the span either side of
the prop is equal. The decking sheets must never be cut at the
location of temporary support and the deck should not be fixed
to the temporary support.
Temporary supports should continuously support the underside
of the deck and are normally lengths of timber or steel beams
supported by adjustable steel tubes (‘Acrows’). The width of
the temporary support on which the deck sits should not be
less than 100mm and should extend for the full width of the
bay of deck and be suitably braced. Discrete props and packs
should not be used.
It may be necessary to put the temporary supports in place
prior to laying of the deck.
The support of the prop at the base must always be considered
for strength and stability, taking account of the weight of wet
concrete and construction loads.
The design and provision of props is the responsibility of others.
A typical temporary support is shown in detail below.

Note:
We recommend that temporary supports
are braced in both directions for safety.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 113

Use the tables below to determine if props are required for a given condition. If the span shown in the table is less than the actual
span temporary supports are required.
Determining the propping requirements is generally the responsibility of the structural designer when specifying a composite slab.
If it is subsequently ascertained that propping is required, to ensure that the completed slab can withstand the additional load from
the removal of the prop, the structural engineer must be consulted.

Normal Weight Concrete – Maximum Spans without Props


Span Type Slab Depth Gauge – mm
(support condition) (mm) 1.2 1.5
215 5.74 6.07
225 5.67 6.00
235 5.58 5.92
245 5.50 5.85
255 5.43 5.77
265 5.35 5.70
275 5.30 5.63
285 5.24 5.57
295 5.17 5.51
305 5.08 5.46

Lightweight Concrete – Maximum Spans without Props


Span Type Slab Depth Gauge – mm
(support condition) (mm) 1.2 1.5
215 6.06 6.44
225 5.97 6.34
235 5.89 6.25
245 5.81 6.14
255 5.75 6.09
265 5.66 5.98
275 5.60 5.95
285 5.54 5.89
295 5.49 5.82
305 5.42 5.75
Notes:
1. Temporary supports should remain in place until the concrete has achieved 75% of its 28 day cube strength often available after 7 days.
Where crack control is essential, props should not be removed until the concrete has achieved its specified design strength.
2. Access equipment should not be operated while the deck is propped.
114 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Concrete

Kingspan supply the Multideck product for use with in-situ placed concrete to create a composite concrete slab.
As such it is important that the concrete and its placement meet the minimum requirements to achieve a quality product.
Concrete should be specified, supplied and assessed in accordance with the requirements of BS8500.

Minimum concrete strength Concrete placement


The load tables in this literature assume a minimum concrete Concrete can be conveniently placed by pump either mobile or
strength of C25/30 with a minimum cube strength of 30N/mm2 for very high multi-story buildings by fixed pumps.
at 28 days.
Where the pump line is laid across the deck its weight should be
The Multideck design software allows designs with concrete adequately dispersed by spreaders to avoid damaging the deck.
cube strengths from 25 to 50N/mm2 with a default of
Ideally the concrete should be discharged on to the deck at
30N/mm2. The concrete supplied on site must meet or
a beam support position with the concrete being moved and
exceed the minimum design values used.
spread out as quickly as possible to avoid heaping which may
overload the Multideck. The concrete discharge pipe should
be held horizontally so that the concrete is not discharged
Consistence vertically and the height of discharge should be kept to a
Concrete is normally pumped on to the deck and it should have minimum to avoid damage to the deck by the impact load
a suitable consistency to allow placement without heaping from the wet concrete.
of the concrete on the deck. The consistency of the concrete
should be specified by the concrete contractor. Typical values
are S2 or S3. Further Guidance
The use of Bekaert’s Dramix steel fibre in the concrete will For further guidance on concrete placement , and composite
require consideration of the mix design to create a suitable slabs on Multideck see The SCI / MCRMA publication 300
consistency – the concrete contractor should seek guidance ‘Composite Slabs and beams using steel decking’.
from Bekaert if they do not have previous experience in the use
The good concrete guide No 5 ‘Composite concrete slabs on
of Dramix steel fibre reinforced concrete.
steel decking’.
BCSA Code of Practice for Metal Decking and Stud Welding.
Self Compacting Concrete
May be used with Multideck products – advice should be sought
from the ready mix supplier as to suitable grades and slump flow
test values to be used.
Care must be taken to account for the deflection of the deck
and supporting beams resulting in a thicker slab, as the self
compacting concrete will flow to a level. The additional concrete
depth should be taken in to account in the construction stage
design of the Multideck.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 115

Estimating Concrete Volumes


Multideck 50-V3 Multideck 60-V2 Multideck 80-V2 Multideck 146
Slab Depth Slab Depth
(mm) Concrete Volume (mm) Concrete Volume
(m3 / m2) (m3 / m2)
100 0.091 – – 215 0.128
110 0.101 – – 225 0.138
120 0.111 0.085 – 235 0.148
125 0.116 – – 245 0.158
130 0.121 0.095 0.082 255 0.168
140 0.131 0.105 0.092 265 0.178
150 0.141 0.115 0.102 275 0.188
160 0.151 0.125 0.112 285 0.198
170 0.161 – – 295 0.208
175 – 0.140 0.127 305 0.218
200 0.191 0.165 0.152 – –
250 0.241 0.215 0.202 – –

Volumes of concrete shown are for the nominal slab depth as shown in the table. To take account of deck deflection an additional
allowance of span (mm) / 285,000 = m3/mm2 should be added.
Consideration should be given to the support deflection (beam) and an allowance included in the volume of concrete required.
Multideck Design Software allows consideration of beam deflection.

Day Joints
Day joints in the concrete slab should be placed as close as Timber, foam or proprietary closures should be provided
possible to the butt joint in the Multideck over the support, but by the concrete contractor to fit the profile and form the
clear and leaving uncast any shear studs where the Multideck is day joint stop.
supported on a steel beam. Keeping the shear studs clear from
If the slab is reinforced with Dramix Steel fibre additional
the day joint avoids the studs being preloaded when the other
continuity bar reinforcement should be provided at
side of the slab is subsequently cast.
the day joint.
Where it is not possible to cast the day joint close to the
Multideck butt joint no more than one third of the sheet
should be left un-poured.

Site constructed joint Concrete

Preferred position of day joint

Deck butt joint

Deck

x.
an Ma
1/ 3 Sp

Permanent steel support Span


116 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Concrete

Reinforcement
Concrete is a brittle material strong in compression but weak in tension and as such must be reinforced with a material that can
provide tensile strength and ductility. The most common reinforcement material is steel.

Multideck Primary reinforcement Bar reinforcement


Where the slab is designed as composite it is the Multideck Bar reinforcement is some times required with Multideck
that provides all of the tensile reinforcement for the slab. composite slabs.
The mechanical shear keys formed in to the webs and ribs of
Where the fire period combined with the applied loading
the Multideck product lock the concrete and deck together.
exceeds the slab performance using mesh, then, addition
Performance values are derived from testing.
bar reinforcement can be used to provide a solution.
Mesh reinforcement The Multideck design software offers a full range of ‘A’ mesh
Mesh reinforcement is required to control cracking that can and bar reinforcement combinations.
occur in the concrete due to shrinkage or other induced tensile
MD146 long spanning deck requires a minimum of one 16 dia.
stresses in the concrete. The composite slab loading case is
bar reinforcement per trough for all load cases.
generally designed as a single span and where the concrete
is continuous a light mesh reinforcement is provided over the Bar reinforcement should be supported on suitable bar stools
supports to control possible cracking. or wired from the mesh so that the bar is located in the correct
height and position in the slab as shown in the design.
BS EN 5950 part 4 suggest that the minimum mash area
is a 0.1% of the cross sectional area of the concrete slab U bars are required around shear studs on composite edge
at the support. beams to avoid splitting of the concrete at the composite
edge beam.
Top mesh should be placed in a zone of 15 to 40mm from the
top surface of the slab. Dramix Steel fibres
The use of Dramix steel fibres can replace mesh reinforcement
Additional mesh reinforcement may be needed at positions
in Multideck 50-V3 , 60-V2 and 80-V2, composite slabs providing
of concentrated loads i.e. point or line loading, BS EN 5950
the structural performance documented in this literature.
provides guidance on minimum values to adopt.
See specifically page 118 to 119 and the general section for
These secondary reinforcements are normally placed on the
each deck.
top of the deck so deeper slabs may require two layers of
reinforcement in specific areas.
The engineer should consider increasing the mesh area where:
– The slab is propped during construction
– The size of any cracks in the slab need to be controlled
– Brittle finishes are applied to the slab surface
– Moving wheel or point loads are applied to the slab
Mesh sheets must be over lapped, use of flying ends make
overlapping easier and avoids build up of the mesh
thickness at laps.
The mesh should be supported on a suitable mesh stools to
maintain the required position during the concrete pour.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 117

Multideck was used in the construction


of the Reghed Visitor Centre, Cumbria, UK.
Photo Courtesy of MSW (UK) Ltd.
118 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Concrete – Kingspan Multideck and


Bekaert Composite Slab
Dramix® Steel Fibre Concrete, has been used worldwide in
groundworks, for many years. Following extensive test work
and analysis by Kingspan Structural Products, Bekaert and the
Steel Construction Institute, it is now available for multi-storey
applications. Dramix steel fibres have been proven to achieve
a full fire performance, see pages 28 to 30 (Multideck 50-V3),
pages 46 to 50 (Multideck 60-V2) and pages 64 to 65
(Multideck 80-V2).
The use of a Dramix® Steel Fibre reinforced Concrete slab
provides a ‘pre-reinforced’ concrete slab. 1. Steel fibres added 2. Fibres mix perfectly
to hopper with concrete
Benefits of Multideck with Dramix Steel Fibres:-
®

– Pre-reinforced concrete eliminates mesh


– Savings include:- Time on site
No design
No drawing
No scheduling
No transportation
No lifting / off-loading
No laying
Reduction in crane hire
Other benefits include:- 3. Concrete pumped 4. Mixture spread onto deck
into position
– Earlier project completion
– Proven 1 hour, 1.5 and 2.0 hour fire rating
– Structural design information developed by the Steel
Construction Institute (SCI)
– Full depth reinforcement offers excellent crack control
– Design advice and assistance
– Minimises site handling
– Reduces site congestion
– Minimises crane lifts
– Reduces tripping hazards 5. No mesh means no 6. Mixture floated off
tripping hazard
Dramix eliminates the need to buy, transport, store,
®

crane and fix mesh.

7. Floating provides 8. Floor completed in double


a smooth finish quick time
Multideck Structural Steel Products 119

Multideck 50-V3
Fire performance for 1, 1.5 and 2 hours.
Multideck 50-V3 has been tested with the
new Dramix® steel fibres.

Multideck 60-V2
Fire performance for 1, 1.5 and 2 hours.
Multideck 60-V2 has been tested with the
new Dramix® steel fibres.

Multideck 80-V2
Fire performance for 1, 1.5 and 2 hours.
Multideck 80-V2 has been tested with the
new Dramix® steel fibres.
120 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Concrete – Kingspan Multideck and


Bekaert Composite Slab
Dramix® Steel Fibres Recommendations When Mixing
Dramix® Steel Fibres are made from prime quality hard-drawn 1. General
steel-wire to ensure high tensile strength and close tolerances. – Preferably use a central batching plant mixer when
Dramix Steel Fibres are added to the concrete during mixing.
® adding Dramix® Steel Fibres into concrete.
The gluing of the fibres into bundles guarantees quick and – A continuous grading is preferred.
easy mixing with perfectly homogeneous distribution. The – Mix until all glued fibres are separated into individual fibres.
hooked ends slowly deforms during pull-out and is generally Fibres don’t increase mixing time significantly.
considered as the best form of anchorage. Dramix® steel fibres
– If special cements or admixtures are used, a preliminary
are manufactured in accordance with BS EN ISO 9001:2008
test is recommended.
(the dramix steel fibre specifications were previously referenced
RC-80/60-BN and RC-65/60-BN). 2. Fibre Addition
2.1. In batching plant mixer.
– Never add fibres as first component in the mixer
– Fibres can be introduced together with sand and aggregates,
or can be added in freshly mixed concrete
– Only for drummixer: unopened degradable bags can be
thrown directly in the mixer
2.2. Truckmixer
– Add Dramix® as the final component into the back
of the mixer truck
– Run mixer at drum speed: 12-18rpm
– Adjust slump to a min. of 12cm (preferably with water
reducing agents or high water reducing agents)
– Add fibres with maximum speed of 40kg/min
– Optional equipment: belt-hoist elevator
Shear Strength – After adding the fibres, continue mixing at highest
speed for 4-5 min
The shear resistance of Dramix® concrete reinforced with a
dosage of 20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG / 30kg/m3 3D-65/60-BG 2.3. Automatic dosing
exceeds that of mesh reinforced concrete. This means that – Fibres can be dosed from bulk at rates up to 3.5kg/sec with
codified checks for longitudinal shear can be adopted and a specially developed dosing equipment
will not penalise fibre reinforced slabs. For 30kg/m3 the area
of fibres crossing a shear plane may be taken as 0.37% of the Should you require further information please contact
concrete area. Bekaert for:
– Composite slab design
– Dramix® Steel Fibres data sheet
Shear Stud Capacities 3D-80/60-BG / 3D-65/60-BG
The SCI has established the following design information – Fire test report
relating to shear stud strengths from the test data: – Composite slab load-span tables
– In order to design studs embedded in fibre reinforced – Composite slab fire resistance tables
concrete with a dosage of 20kg/m3 of Dramix®
– SCI reports
3D-80/60-BG or 30kg/m3 of Dramix® 3D-65/60-BG fibres in
accordance with BS 5950-3.1:1990 no shear stud strength
reduction factor is applicable.
– In order to design studs embedded in fibre reinforced
concrete with a dosage of 20 kg/m3 of Dramix® 3D-80/60-BG
or 30 kg/m3 of Dramix® 3D-65/60-BG fibres in accordance
with BS DD ENV 1994 Part 2: 2001 no shear stud strength
reduction factor is applicable.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 121

Technical Support
Technical support in the development of the Dramix® composite
floor load-span tables was provided by the SCI.

Fire Test Report


Fire resistance test in accordance with BS 476-21:1987 Clause 7 on
a load bearing Dramix® composite floor and Kingspan Multideck.
Information is available from Bekaert on request.

Bekaert Building Products Ltd


Park House Road
Low Moor
Bradford
BD12 0QB
T: +44 (0) 1274 696700
F: +44 (0) 1274 673378
www.bekaert.com
122 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Car Park Solutions

Multi-storey and Below Ground Car Parks – Multideck XP


Composite Metaldeck Floor Slabs Multideck XP is the newest addition to our Multideck range
of composite steel decking systems. It combines the benefits
Car parking provision has become a vital part of urban
of a strong trapezoidal-profiled sheet utilizing high strength
planning, especially in Metropolitan areas at commercial, retail
steel to give economic spans with the latest development
and transport hubs. Multi-storey car park structures provide an
in metallic coating to provide an enhanced corrosion protection
economical solution where land is at a premium either for
extending the products life in corrosive environments.
a build above or below ground.
The high strength steel core of Multideck XP is protected
Successful parking structures will be designed to meet users
by a 310 gram/m2 coating of Magnelis® from ArcelorMittal.
demands – high on that list are feeling safe and secure and
The Magnelis® metallic coating has a unique blend of
that their vehicle and contents are secure – given the choice,
Magnesium, Aluminium and Zinc to create an enhanced
people will use parking structures that are light and bright
corrosion performance especially in aggressive environments
and feel secure.
contaminated with chloride or highly alkaline. So is ideally
Multi-storey car parks have by their very nature a more corrosive suited to protect the exposed steel surface of the Multideck XP
environment which can cause challenges in selecting suitable composite metal deck used in car park floor slab.
products that will perform in the longer term and offer a low
maintenance requirement over time.
The air within the car park is often contaminated with fumes The same flat samples were also compared
from car engines, the floor slab can be sprayed with water in a cylic corrosion test (3CT) according
from wet cars and during winter periods de-icing salts to VDA 621-415.
and other corrosive elements can be tracked into the
car park and be deposited on the concrete slab.
Magnelis® Galvanised
Some multi-storey car parks mitigate the fumes by having 20 microns 20 microns
open elevations – but this has a tendency to mingle external air,
which can be damp and also polluted, with the engine fumes
creating a more corrosive environment for the structure.
On the corrosion scale car parks are often classed at C3 – C4
as identified in ISO 9223, where C5 is generally the highest
corrosion class.
If no roof structure is provided, so the top parking deck is open
to the elements then the slab will be exposed to the full rigor
of the weather which can adversely attack the exposed
concrete slab if not protected adequitly.
The Multideck XP range suitable for car park floor slabs
Below ground car parks are a popular solution at major retail comprises.
and commercial developments offering design options where
the developments foot print is limited. Below ground car parks Multideck XP 50, Multideck XP 60, Multideck XP 80
have the additional issue of suitable ventilation to mitigate and Multideck XP 146 all come in a range of gauges
the build-up of fumes both for the wellbeing of the car park to give economical span solution with low maintenance.
users as well as mitigating the corrosion effect of the structure.
In below ground parking structures the brightness and lightness
and soffit height are doubly important for feelings of wellbeing. Multideck 50 Multideck 60

Composite Slab Construction


The use of Kingspan Multideck metal deck composite floor slabs
provides a proven, rapid and cost effective solution when used
with steel or concrete framed parking structures. But given the
corrosive nature of the internal environment, selection of the Multideck 80 Multideck 146
deck and consideration of the right combination of concrete
+ finishes is important for low maintenance in use.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 123

The progressively deeper (50, 60, 80, 146mm) Multideck XP


profiles offer increasing spanning capability, while limiting
the overall depth of the slab. This combination gives a very
economical solution in terms of concrete usage and slab depth
in most cases of car park bay size and the spacing of the
supporting structure. The deepest, Multideck 146 profile will
provide 6.0m clear spans while supporting a 215mm deep slab.

Multideck XP Powder Coated Soffit


– Choice of RAL
Where a coloured soffit is required to the underside of the floor
slab for reflectivity, Kingspan can provide a powder coated finish
to the under side of the deck using its own in house powder
coating line, which allows a better control of quality and supply
– a range of RAL colours are available but the most popular
choice is white for reflectivity. Painted soffit deck is delivered
in protective wrap to ensure a quality finish delivered to site.

Multideck Z275 Zinc Coating


The standard Multideck product MD50, MD60, MD80, MD146
can all be used in structures for car parking but requires The MD206C slab can clear span up to 5.7m which is often
careful attention to the protection of all the exposed sufficient for a two car bay layout of the supporting beams.
concrete surfaces of the slab.
The top surface of the concrete must be protected with
an impervious layer that is crack bridging. All joints of the
floor slab at columns, edges, upstands must be sealed with
Concrete Slab and Embedded Steel
a sufficient flexibility and crack bridging coating so there is no Reinforcement Protection
possibility of the ingress of moisture and contaminants, to avoid
The concrete within a car park is particularly susceptible
subsequent damage to the reinforcement in the concrete
to corrosion attack and deterioration.
and the reverse face of the Multideck.
Unprotected concrete is porous and with the possibility
The external soffit of the Multideck must be protected either
of cracks forming there is a ready path for the ingress
by the Kingspan powder coated option or an on-site applied
of moisture and contaminates that will attack the embedded
paint coating which can be maintained.
steel reinforcement and the reverse face of the composite metal
deck. Both the steel reinforcement and the reverse face of the
deck cannot be maintained during the life of the structure
Multideck MD206C so it vital to specify robust water proofing systems.
A special deep deck trapezoidal profile with a pre-applied paint It is vital to have a robust design solution for the concrete slab.
coating on top of a zinc coating to both the exposed soffit By specifying a higher strength and grade XD3 concrete with
and the reverse deck face in contact with the concrete. adequate embedded reinforcement, and/or specifying adequate
barrier layers and coatings to all the concrete surfaces.
The advantage of the MD206C product is the very shallow slab
depth over the top of the supporting steel beams of only 80mm. The top surface of the concrete must be protected with
This shallow depth is possible due to the patented support an impervious layer that is crack bridging. All joints of the
system that allows the majority of the deck & concrete slab floor slab at columns, edges, upstands must be sealed with
depth to be supported between the main steel beams. a sufficiently flexible and crack bridging coating. So there is
no possibility of the ingress of moisture and contaminants
in to the slab.
With all parking floor slabs it is necessary to include adequate
falls and drainage so that polluted water does not stand
on the slab surface.
Manufactures guidance should be followed for the correct
choice of product application and maintenance.
124 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Estimating and Ordering

Quotations Contact
Kingspan Structural Products can provide quotations for Please contact Kingspan Sales Department on:
the supply of Multideck on receipt of clients structural detail Tel 01944 712000 or Fax 01944 710830
drawings and / or specifications with bills of quantities. email: sales@kingspanstructural.co.uk.

Delivery Rake Cutting


Delivery of Multideck is made direct to site and phased in Pre-delivery cutting of sections is available. Please contact our
accordance with clients erection programme whenever possible. Sales Department for details.
Delivery is made using Kingspan’s own transport for off loading
by others.
Order Forms
To simplify manual detailing and reduce the possibility of
Packing
omissions we strongly advise the use of Kingspan order forms.
Multideck is supplied and packed in accordance with users This will ensure smooth processing of you order. Examples are
requirements in bundles of up to 1.5 tonnes banded with steel shown full size (see pages 134 to 137).
straps on timber packers at regular intervals to prevent damage
These can be photocopied on a light setting to remove the
during transport.
example and used as actual order forms.
Please state all dimensions in millimetres and use one sheet per
Availability section depth when ordering several section sizes together.

Kingspan Multideck is usually available on a 7 day delivery on


receipt of cutting list, however please check before ordering as
this can vary with demand.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 125

Design Software

Kingspan Toolkit software has become the leading cold rolled steel purlins, rails, channels
and composite deck design software in the industry. It is now used by over 1500 practices in
the UK and includes the design of cold rolled steel products, CAD details and much more.

Toolkit 8 Multideck
It provides design solutions to both British Standards (BS) and We have issued an update to the Multideck design software,
Eurocodes (EC) for Multibeam and Multichannel purlins and which now includes the new, upgraded Multideck 50-V3 floor
rails, in the same software package. decking system (with gauges from 0.85mm to 1.2mm).
Note: users should regularly clear there browser cache to ensure they are using the
Existing Toolkit 7 users - please install the new, stand-alone
latest software version. Contact your IT team for assistance. Details of software Multideck software to override your existing version.
updates are shown on the software login page of our web site. New users - please install both the Multideck and Toolkit 7
Toolkit 8 includes: design software packages.

– Interactive mapping including a ‘site look up’ facility for Kingspan Structural Products now offers a bespoke design
automated snow and wind loading calculations. service for Multideck composite steel decking systems, providing
– Wind loading to BS EN 1991-1-4 with UK national annexes Eurocode designs to suit projects in the Republic of Ireland and
or BS6399-2. the UK. To utilise this service please visit
www.kingspanpanels.co.uk/structural/software/eurocode.
– Calculation of wind loads on buildings and structures.
– Design wind speeds and dynamic pressures automation.
– Automatic determination of ground roughness, altitude and Composite Beam Design Software
topography factors.
Kingspan Structural Products’ latest design software provides
– Automatic site exposure calculation to give optimum results.
a simple online tool for the design of composite steel beams
– Site parameters override to enable use in other global using it’s Multideck 50, Multideck 60 and Multideck 80
locations. composite steel decking systems to meet the requirements of
– Snow loading to BS EN 1991-1-3 with UK national annexes either BS EN 1994-1: 2004 (Eurocode 4) or BS 5950 Part 3 1990 +
or BS6399-3. A1: 2010, using just one stud per trough in many design cases.
– Enhanced analysis of snow and service loading. The new software offers design solutions for secondary beams
– Full set of load combination and partial load factors supporting uniformly distributed loads and primary beams
to BS and EC. supporting point laods at both mid and third points of the span.
During the construction stage the secondary beam compression
Toolkit 7 flange is assumed to be fully restrained by the Multideck system,
This design software is still available and can be downloaded whilst the primary beam compression flange is assumed to be
to your PC. restrained at the relevant load application points.
Please note: new Toolkit users must also download a Toolkit 7
patch and the Multideck stand alone software.
Toolkit 7 includes the design software for:
Kingspan Structural Products – CPD
– Multideck composite floor systems (see above regarding Kingspan Structural Products has developed a CPD Seminar
updated version). which reviews the history of structural materials used in
construction with particular focus on the evolution of steel.
– Multichannel rails, Mezzanine floor joists, single and
compound stanchions, and posts. The CPD discusses the different components used in steel
– Multibeam purlins and side rails to British Standards including structure and explores issues which may need to be considered
BreVe wind analysis. when specifying structural materials. These include designing
to Eurocodes or British Standards and the consideration of
– Detailing wizard for ordering and reviewing Multibeam and
sustainability and Health & Safety. It also provides a comparison
Multichannel sections and components.
of cold rolled structural materials available in the current
– The content of Tekla detailing transfer. market, paying particular attention to different types of purlins.
On installing Toolkit 7, the system will prompt for a pass key for For further information or to arrange a CPD please contact us
BreVe which is obtainable from Kingspan Structural Products. on 01944 712000 or email MarketingStructural@kingspan.com
No key will be required if installing the Toolkit 7 patch.
126 Structural Steel Products Multideck
Multideck Structural Steel Products 127

Accessories

Slab Edge Trim Shear Stud


1.2mm, 2mm and 2.7mm galv steel in 3m lengths for cutting Kingspan recommend the use of Nelson studs.
on site. Supplied by Kingspan Structural Products. These are normally supplied by the fixing contractor.
All shear studs should be low carbon steel with a minimum
yield strength of 350 N/mm2 and an ultimate tensile strength
30

of 450 N/mm2 minimum.

To suit 19mm
45˚
slab
thickness MD60-V2 – 95mm LAW
MD80-V2 – 120mm LAW
MD50-V3 – 95mm LAW
MD146 – 195mm LAW

Variable

Edge Trim Restraint Strap


0.9mm galvanised steel 40mm wide in 3m lengths for cutting
on site. Supplied by Kingspan Structural Products.

Closures
End closure
Pressed steel supplied by Kingspan Structural Products.
Length 215mm
A

Dimension A
87mm (for MD60-V2)
67mm (for MD80-V2)
100mm (for MD146)
B

Dimension B
67mm (for MD60-V2)
87mm (for MD80-V2)
158mm (for MD146)

Side closure Profile (A)


1.2mm galvanised steel in 3m lengths. Supplied by Kingspan
Structural Products.

MD50-V3, MD60-V2, MD80-V2


135˚
90˚

180mm 20mm

MD146
30mm

180mm 40mm 20mm


Photo Courtesy of MSW (UK) Ltd.
128 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Accessories
Multideck 50-V3
Suspension Systems

A suspension system is available for Multideck 50-V3 profiles.


The Type VN10 is a heavy duty suspension method for pipework,
ducting, etc.

Type VN10
Material: Mild steel, zinc plated
Rod min. 4.6: M10
SWL (FOS 4:1): 2.1 kN (tensile / 1 rod)

For availability and installation please contact:


Lindapter, Bradford, West Yorkshire.
Tel: 01274 521 444
Fax: 01274 521 130
General enquiries: enquiries@lindapter.com
Technical support: support@lindapter.com
Web: www.lindapter.com
For Multiwedge 2 capacities and installation details see opposite.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 129

Accessories
Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2
Suspension Systems

Type Multiwedge 2
Material: Bracket: pre-galvanised strip
Wedge: malleable iron, bright zinc plated
Rod min. 4.6: M6, M8, M10
SWL (FOS 3:1): 1.47 kN (tensile / 1 rod)

Grip

Grip

Multiwedge 2 Installation
1) Pre-assemble the bracket 2) Click the other leg of the 3) Push and turn the wedge 4) Tighten the hexagon nut
and wedge (flat surface bracket into position inside clockwise until it locks into beneath the assembly.
facing up) onto the the decking and slide the the channel walls.
threaded rod and insert assembly to the desired
one side of the bracket into position along the length
the re-entrant channel of of the re-entrant channel.
the decking.
130 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Accessories– Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2


Uni-Wedge Universal Clamp
– One fixing suits seven most popular decking profiles
– Allows for manufacturing tolerances in the deck profile
– Single piece construction
– Separate fixing screw to ease final adjustment
– M06, M08 and M10 threaded fixing holes
– Requires no site power or skilled labour
– Tested at the British Board of Agrément
– Material: SG (Ductile) Iron to BS EN 1563
Grade EN-GJS-450-10.
– Finish: Zinc Plated to BS EN 12329:2000
Grade Fe//Zn5//A (Clear).
Uni-Wedge provides a solution to fix building services equipment
without penetrating the decking membrane and simply requires
a standard hexagon key and spanner with no requirement for
power, special tools or highly skilled labour.
Uni-Wedge has a unique body style that allows it to fix to seven
decking profiles, making it easy to use and specify. The specific
type of decking is not always easy to identify on site and has
caused installers problems when trying to acquire the correct
fixing to use, but Uni-Wedge provides the ideal solution
(see table below).
Uni-Wedge has been designed for the end user to ensure that
whatever the situation the right connection can be made as
quickly as possible. M10
M06 M08
Uni-Wedge has a fixing screw that is assembled in the body and
provides a positive location in the decking re-entrant channel. 31mm 44mm
This screw is assembled as standard in position 1 but can easily
be removed and placed in to position 2 to suit the other decking
profiles, see table below:
12mm

Tensile SWL (kN) Use 4mm Hexagon Key to


Decking Type Screw Position
(3 to 1 Factor of Safety) Tighten Grubscrew
Multideck 60-V2 / 80-V2 1 1.0 8

IMPORTANT!
– Only use one threaded bar per fixing. Uniwedge is manufactured by:
– The decking must not be damaged and have a fully formed Beamclamp
re-entrant channel. Tel: 01384 632 386
Fax: 01384 632 384
– Ensure the cone point grub screw is fully engaged in to the
Email: sales@beamclamp.com
corner of the re-entrant channel.
Web: www.beamclamp.com
– Do not screw the threaded bar any further in than the top
surface of the fixing. For Multiwedge capacities and installation details see page 129.
– Ensure the fixing is a minimum 300mm from any edges of
the decking.
Multideck Structural Steel Products 131

Uni-Wedge Installation

Position 1

Position 2

1. Select the correct position for the grub 2. Insert Uni-Wedge in to the re-entrant 3. Tighten the grub screw to secure the
screw to suit the decking profile as channel of the deck. Ensure the point fixing. We recommend a tightening
shown above position 1 or 2. of the grub screw is not exposed at torque of 8Nm to achieve a
the top of the hole as this will stop guaranteed SWL.
Uni-Wedge fitting.

4. Once the grub screw is secured one of the M06, M08 or M10 threaded holes can be fixed to. This may be threaded bar, eyebolts,
J-bolts or any other threaded items used for suspending building services. We always recommend the threaded item is locked in
to position using a lock nut to the underside of Uni-Wedge.

Uni-Wedge Applications
Strut support for cable tray

Suspended ceiling detail using hook bolts

Typical pipe supports


132 Structural Steel Products Multideck
Multideck Structural Steel Products 133

References

BS 476: Fire tests.


Part 4 1970 Fire tests on building materials and structures.
Part 8 1972 Test methods and criteria for the fire resistance of elements of building construction.
Part 21 1987 Clause 7 Fire tests on building materials and structures.
Methods for determination of the fire resistance
of loadbearing elements of construction.
BS 1449: Part 1 Specification for carbon and carbon-manganese plate, sheet and strip.
BS 1494: Part 1 1964 Fixing accessories for building purposes – sheet, roof and wall coverings.
BS 1881: Part 1 1964 (1988) Protection of iron and steel by aluminium and zinc against atmospheric corrosion.
Part 2 1965 (1988) Protection of iron and steel against corrosion and oxidisation at elevated temperatures.
BS 3963: 1974 (1980) Method for testing the mixing performance of concrete mixers.
BS 4078: Cartridge Tools.
Part 1 1987
Part 2 1989
BS 4174: 1972 Self-tapping screws and metallic drive screws.
BS 4449: 2005 Specification for carbon steel bars for the reinforcement of concrete.
BS 4483: 2005 Specification for steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete.
BS 5328: Parts 1-4 Methods for specifying concrete, including ready-mixed concrete.
BS 5247: 1976 Code of practice for performance and loading criteria for profiled sheeting in building.
BS 5950: Design in composite construction.
Part 3 Section 1:1990 Structural use of steelwork in building. Design in composite construction.
Code of practice for design of simple and continuous composite beams.
Part 4 1994 Code of Practice for design of floors with profiled steel sheeting.
Part 6 1995 Code of practice for design of light gauge profiled sheeting.
Part 8 2003 Code of practice for fire resistant design.
BS 6100: Glossary of building and civil engineering terms.
Part 1 General and miscellaneous.
Part 1.3 Parts of construction works.
Part 1.3.3 Floors and ceilings.
Part 6 Concrete and plaster.
Part 6.1 Binders.
Part 6.2 Concrete.
Part 6.3 Aggregates.
BS 6399: Part 1 1984 Code of practice for dead and imposed loads.
BS 6687: 1986 Specification for electrolytically zinc coated steel flat rolled products.
BS 6830: 1987 Specification for continuously hot-dip aluminium / zinc alloy coated cold rolled carbon
steel flat products.
BS 8000: Part 2 1990 Workmanship on building sites – concrete work.
BS 8110: Structural use of concrete.
Part 1 1997 Code of practice for design and construction.
Part 2 1985 Code of practice for special circumstances.
BS 8204: Structural use of concrete.
Part 1 1987 Code of practice for concrete bases and screeds to receive in-situ flooring.
Part 2 1987 Code of practice for concrete wearing surfaces.
BS EN ISO 9001:2008 Quality management systems. Requirements.
BS EN 10002: Part 1 1990 Method for tensile testing of metals.
BS EN 10143: 1993 Continuously hot-dip metal coated steel sheet and strip – tolerances on dimensions and shape.
BS EN 10147: 2000 Continuously hot-dip zinc coated structural steel sheet and strip – technical deliver conditions.
BS DD ENV 1994 Part 2:2001 Eurocode 4. Design of composite steel and concrete structures. Composite bridges.
Sheet 1 of 2

MULTIDECK REF MD50090


Multideck 50-V3 / 60-V2 / 80-V2 Order Form
NAME
A CUSTOMER PROJECT
SUPERMARKET ORDER NO.
123.94 DELIVERY DATE W/C
12.12.18

DELIVERY ADDRESS
A BUILDING, A ROAD, A STREET, A TOWN, POSTCODE

600mm 1000mm 900mm

MD50-V3 – Maximum 16 sheets per pack MD60-V2 – M


 aximum 18 sheets per pack MD80-V2 – Maximum 16 sheets per pack
Minimum 10 sheets per pack Minimum 10 sheets per pack Minimum 10 sheets per pack

DECK TYPE GAUGE PACK REF. QUANTITY LENGTH DECK TYPE GAUGE PACK REF. QUANTITY LENGTH
MD50.V3 0.9 GF3 20 6500


PHOTOCOPY THIS SHEET ON A LIGHT SETTING TO REMOVE EXAMPLE


Sheet 2 of 2

Multideck 50-V3 / 60-V2 / 80-V2 Accessories Order Form


NAME
A CUSTOMER PROJECT
SUPERMARKET ORDER NO.
123.94 DELIVERY DATE W/C
12.12.18

DELIVERY ADDRESS
A BUILDING, A ROAD, A STREET, A TOWN, POSTCODE
Slab Edge Trim Restraint Strap
30 MARK QUANTITY

STRAP 150
0.9mm
45˚
D

40mm

Supplied in 3.0m lengths
Supplied in 3.0m lengths
L

MARK D L GAUGE QUANTITY End Closure


MARK QUANTITY
ST1 150 220 1.2 150 67mm 0.9mm CA 150



87mm

Side Closure – Profile (A)


MARK QUANTITY

135° CL 150
90° 1.2mm

180mm 20mm

Supplied in 3.0m lengths

PHOTOCOPY THIS SHEET ON A LIGHT SETTING TO REMOVE EXAMPLE


Sheet 1 of 2

MULTIDECK REF MD146


Multideck 146 Order Form
NAME
A CUSTOMER PROJECT
SUPERMARKET ORDER NO.
123.94 DELIVERY DATE W/C
12.12.10

DELIVERY ADDRESS
A BUILDING, A ROAD, A STREET, A TOWN, POSTCODE

600mm

MD146 – Maximum 8 sheets per pack

DECK TYPE GAUGE PACK REF. QUANTITY LENGTH DECK TYPE GAUGE PACK REF. QUANTITY LENGTH
MD146 1.2 GF3 8 6000


PHOTOCOPY THIS SHEET ON A LIGHT SETTING TO REMOVE EXAMPLE


Sheet 2 of 2

Multideck 146 Accessories Order Form


NAME
A CUSTOMER PROJECT
SUPERMARKET ORDER NO.
123.94 DELIVERY DATE W/C
12.12.10

DELIVERY ADDRESS
A BUILDING, A ROAD, A STREET, A TOWN, POSTCODE
Slab Edge Trim Restraint Strap
30 MARK QUANTITY

STRAP 150
0.9mm
45˚
D

40mm

Supplied in 3.0m lengths
Supplied in 3.0m lengths
L

MARK D L GAUGE QUANTITY End Closure 146


MARK QUANTITY
ST1 150 220 1.2 150 100mm 0.9mm 300



158mm

Side Closure 146


MARK QUANTITY

1.2mm 20
30mm

180mm 40mm 20mm



Supplied in 3.0m lengths

PHOTOCOPY THIS SHEET ON A LIGHT SETTING TO REMOVE EXAMPLE


138 Structural Steel Products Multideck

Multideck Index

Topic Page Topic Page


Accessories 127 Order Forms 134
British Standards 133 Ordering and Detailing 125
Concrete Requirements 114 Pack Identification 102
Day Joints 115 Primary Fixings 104
Design Software 125 Propping 110
Dramix® Steel Fibres 118 Shear Studs 106
Estimating and Ordering 124 Site Handling 100
Forming Holes 109 Temporary Supports 111
Kingspan Company 6 Weights 101
Minimum Bearing Surfaces 96

Multideck 50-V3
Topic Page Topic Page
Dimensions 12 Load Tables – Lightweight Concrete
Embossments 12 1 – 1.5 – 2 hour fire rating 25
End Detail 86 Normal Weight Concrete 15
End Detail Cantilever 86 Normal Weight Concrete
1 – 1.5 – 2 hour fire rating 22
Features and Applications 12
Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers 85
Fire Resistance 21
Profile 12
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay 88
Reinforcement 12
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay
with Ledger Angle 89 Section Properties 13
Intermediate Beam Detail 87 Side Detail 84
Load Tables – Dramix® Reinforced Concrete 28 Side Detail Alternative 84
Lightweight Concrete 18 Side Detail with Cantilever 85
Sound Attenuation 31
Specification 12
Suspension Systems 128
Volumes and Weights 13

Multideck 60-V2
Topic Page Topic Page
Dimensions 34 Load Tables – Lightweight Concrete
Embossments 34 1 – 1.5 – 2 hour fire rating 45
End Detail Cantilever 92 Normal Weight Concrete 38
End Detail using End Closure 92 Normal Weight Concrete
1 – 1.5 – 2 hour fire rating 44
Features and Applications 34
Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers 90
Fire Resistance 43
Profile 34
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay 93
Reinforcement 34
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay
with Ledger Angle 94 Section Properties 35
Intermediate Beam using Closure Trim 93 Side Detail 90
Load Tables – Dramix® Reinforced Normal Side Detail – Cut to Width 91
Weight Concrete (30kg/m3 3D-65/60-BG) 46 Side Detail using Closure Trim 91
Dramix® Reinforced Normal Sound Attenuation 51
Weight Concrete (20kg/m3 3D-80/60-BG) 48 Specification 34
Lightweight Concrete 40 Suspension Systems 129
Volumes and Weights 35
Multideck Structural Steel Products 139

Multideck 80-V2
Topic Page Topic Page
Dimensions 54 Load Tables – Normal Weight Concrete 58
Embossments 54 Normal Weight Concrete
End Detail Cantilever 92 1 – 1.5 hour fire rating 63
End Detail using End Closure 92 Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers 90
Features and Applications 54 Profile 54
Fire Resistance 62 Reinforcement 54
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay 93 Section Properties 54
Intermediate Beam – Change in Direction of Lay Side Detail 90
with Ledger Angle 94 Side Detail – Cut to Width 91
Intermediate Beam using Closure Trim 93 Side Detail using Closure Trim 91
Load Tables – Dramix® Reinforced Normal Sound Attenuation 66
Weight Concrete 64 Specification 54
Lightweight Concrete 60 Suspension Systems 129
Lightweight Concrete Volumes and Weights 55
2.0 hour fire rating 63

Multideck 146
Topic Page Topic Page
Dimensions 70 Side Detail using Closure Trim 98
Embossments 70 Side Detail – Multideck Cut to Width 98
End Detail using End Closure 99 Sound Attenuation 82
End Detal Multideck Cantilever 99 Specification 70
Features and Applications 70 Temporary Supports 112
Fire Resistance 77 Volumes and Weights 71
Load Tables (Notes) 73
Load Tables – Lightweight Concrete 75
Normal Weight Concrete 74
Fire Resistance 78
Maximum Edge Trim Cantilevers 97
Profile 70
Reinforcement 72
Section Properties 71
Side Detail 97
UK
Kingspan Structural Products
Sherburn, Malton
North Yorkshire,
YO17 8PQ
T: +44 (0) 1944 712000
F: +44 (0) 1944 710830
www.kingspanpanels.co.uk/structural

Ireland
Kingspan Limited
Carrickmacross Road
Kingscourt, Co.Cavan
T: +353 (0) 42 969 8500

For the product offering in other markets


please contact your local sales representative
or visit www.kingspan.com

Care has been taken to ensure that the contents of this publication
are accurate, but Kingspan Limited and its subsidiary companies do
not accept responsibility for errors or for information that is found
to be misleading. Suggestions for, or description of, the end use or
application of products or methods of working are for information
only and Kingspan Limited and its subsidiaries accept no liability in
respect thereof.

12/2018

You might also like